sae

: be Bah ea mga ee ON weet ee = tee

Nae, Beorik Vea nae Sek ek rete & Oe pee

* . rp tube t Neha yng bok Motes Onde wey te Ane we

Ue here epee bh eae eee

Ne ea, Cr avnee behing kiana wh H wwterrs Ree

van Ce eter ee te ee

A Wiehe ape, 7 Ve vette wy

+ sb etic ke bercees: etre wy =

Whee Len thete bok. t, naan!

be epee rey Ye be

Ta"

i an a

spelaeagho : “3 eae Se

botany» oe

-

ee Sheet

pater oe.

fan dons ae re

OWA a hee Se!

pay Sree Tee

= Sree

SRE Ss

_ .

——.-

" . “ ‘

“te “otstow* ow ce ery

or . aes - ‘ . ‘ . = ta rf : * EP favete =

- >t due 2 ee : : . : ’ oo tn ae + . oe . ‘a0 . » ‘ Pema aly «legen ST

~

-

« » E . - =. 7 - 7 -

. . - = “+

. .

~ « a - -

. “-6 .

. . : .

r . -

. - : a -

.

-

. - ‘ - +

-

.

* = : .

-

: . ue :

- - : : . ~

, :. vi

ye) Cf pee Md ‘

ON EEE ae ais) a

ihe eg. ae

‘ a hae ;

wee

ra

‘a 4’

AY

Ae

ne a)

“eel

Ld a a

on vac rotate SA

ard

cman 4's bLaie

’ a no i :

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF TITE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIL LOUDON AND

- CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

\

us? ra

y

WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.U.S.

VOL. IV.—SEVENTH SERIES.

OO a i

EO NBO N:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

' SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1899.

“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex cconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

os ee ew ow © © © ~~ The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adyenturer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

AU, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS’ OF VOL. IV.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XIX.

Page

I. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others. By

peste aE Mir aye Rts «SSA s ce oid.t wae Ae oot ale ols seas 1

II. Rhynchotal Notes.—Heteroptera: Scutellerine and Grapho-

SEL TEE: ES MEM SAND TCI 0 29

III. Description of a new Genus and some new Species of Fos-

sorial Hymenoptera from the Oriental Zoological Region. By

52

io. (CHEER a bc iabie bole © od ch 6G IE eno CRE a ee eee

IV. The Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. By P. KoorEvaar,

Veterinary Surgeon to the Amsterdam Public Abattoir .......... 69

New Book :—The Penycuik Experiments. By J.C. Ewart, M.D.,

F.R.S., Regius Professor of Natural History, University of

74

WSL bg dda JE Se eee

On Ecdysis in Insects, considered as a means of Defence against

Animal or Vegetable Parasites Special Roles of the Tracheal

and Intestinal Ecdyses, by J. Kiinckel d’Herculais .......... 78

NUMBER XxX.

V. Notes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, and

Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, with

By James Cosmo MELVILL,

Descriptions of Twenty-seven Species.

Meee ame (elstes LIT) cee cece nee ce cc ecenees 81

VI. Observations on the Classification of Birds. By Dr. R. W. -

)

STEGT -juls og ee ogre ace Se pe Ae nee icin scien

iv CONTENTS.

Page

VII. Some apparently undescribed Neotropical Homoptera. By

WV DISTANT: sec 5 nee as beim e tent sees Renee eee vishpioarg etn 112

VIII. On some South-African Homoptera. By W. L. Distant.. 113

IX. The Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantide, and the constant

Occurrence of a ‘letramerous Tarsus in Limbs regenerated: after

Self-mutilation among the Orthoptera pentamera. By Epmonp

BOBDAGE 35.400 s.0.sp00+ seb onic 0% 6.6 9056 oii inl « <i 115

X. On the Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal; an Enumeration of

a Collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant. By Girprert J. Arrow,

SS ck So bona oie. cce ioe eceicre we lb» GF oainee aL eI aie aie sere eee ecg! be fe!

XI. On Hymenochirus, a new Type of Aglossal Batrachians. By

GA. Bourencus, PRS... 457. dak ees ees ees os Pe 122

XII. Description of a new Genus of Gobioid Fishes from the Andes

of Ecuador. () By GyA.Bourenern, FLRSS. oo soc ce. se a 125

XIII. Revision of British Mollusca. By the Rev. Canon A. M.

Woman, M.A., D.C.6., 4D. ES. Se.) 59a Ved Cee 126

New Books :—Insects, their Structure and Life. A Primer of Ento-

mology. By Grorcr H. Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond.—Cries and

Call-notes of Birds: with Musical Illustrations. By C. A.

WIRGHEEI ce at) iinnss ches cant as a9 his ci as «De 1538, 154

Parthenogenesis, by Thomas Meehan; Relations of the Land- ~*

Molluscan Fauna of South America, by H. A. Pilsbry .... 154, 156

NUMBER XXI.

XIV. Key to the Is i of the Pacific Coast of North America,

with Descriptions of Twenty-two new Species. By Harrier

RICHARDSON “vivic soos ca neon seme manor ini aes eee eee 157

XV. Observations on some Species of Coccide of the Genus Cero-

plastes in the Collection of the British Museum. By E, Ernesr

basen, F.ES.. (Piste 1V¥)s: aes Fier eeeeseen ss tues seweanreen »- 188

XVI. Further Contribution towards a Check-list of the non-

Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Africa, with Descriptions of

Fourteen new Species. By James Cosmo Metviit, M.A., F.LS,

and Joun Henry PonsonBy. (Plate IID.) ...........ccececees 192

XVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera. By

Henneer Deuce, FS. KO. ccccins sateen ty ieee ee eee .. 200

eae

CONTENTS. Vv

Page

XVIII. Revision of Amphipoda (continued). By the Rev. Tomas

Peete em, BAS os oc eee ech ses wee cs eccees DOS

XIX. On the Giraffe of Somaliland. By W. E. pr Winton.... 211

XX. Rhynchotal Notes.— Heteroptera: Plataspine, Thyreocorine,

eee eu Er, DISPNNTI ST. co. eve vee ewesessivns 21D

XXI. Descriptions of Two new Homalopteroid Fishes from

orecaweey GaN. BOULENGER, FIRS... o.. cc etc e ences 228

XXII. On the Occurrence of Gobius capito on the Coast of

briicye by G. A. BownnnGER, FLRIS. 2.5... 22. eee ce ce eee 229

XXIII. On the Classification of Ciliate Infusoria. By Dr. V.

VES nobel dideos: sore Ao eee 230

New Books:—A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. A

Textbook for Students and Collectors. By J. W. Tort, F.ES.

Vol. L—All about Birds. By W. PercivaL WESTELL .. 233, 234

The Poisons given off by Parasitic Worms in Man and Animals,

OP ea Le eT se Ud A 235

NUMBER XXII.

XXIV. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander T. H. Heming, R.N. —

Series IIL, No. 1. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and the

Perunn sed.) iy PGA ACD METH 2... ke ccc ene neccees DOL

XXYV. Notes on the Forficularia. By Matcorm Burr, F.ZS.,

XXVI. Key to the Isopods of the Pacific Coast of North America,

with Descriptions of Twenty-two new Species. By Harrier

8 SLES TES ey So nr Sr 260

XXVII. Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals. By OtpFrELD

NRE ETI, ME 210 Ts oily. wins wjoreld nig, du ahead ws oem plo s 278

XXVIII. Notes on Montagu’s Hunting-ground, Salcombe Bay.

By the Rey. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D, F.R.S.,

eee eet De Md on oon ly clan sln oe db sono e renee sisle| 208

XXIX. Jeropsis Dolifusi, a new Mediterranean Isopod. By the

Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D. F.RS., &c.

ERR SO eh la oo ate acide us css odes wl vigen ans 290

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXX. On Myodes lemmus crassidens, var. noy. foss., from Por-

tugal.7 By Professor A. NEHRING . 0... Soe <,.m staan 136 oud) NO

XXXI. On Thylacomys, Owen. By T.S. PALMmR ............ 300

XXXII. Notes on the Orthopterous Genus Phyllophora. By

W. F. Kissy, F.LS., F.E.S.. (Plate VE)... aoe eae 802

New Book :—Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Prestwich, M.A., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., &. Written and Edited by his Wife .............. 312

Researches upon the Defensive Glands of Bombardier Beetles, by

Fr. Dierchx ... os \s1s\sinvs.t «espe of ogee: MR eee eee ee 315

NUMBER XXIII.

XXXIII. Additional Notes on some Type Specimens of Cretaceous

Fishes from Mount Lebanon in the Edinburgh Museum of Science

and Art. By A.'Smrrm Woopwanp, F.D:S.;. 2g. ec. «hnd< tone oe 317

XXXIV. Key to the Isopods of the Pacific Coast of North

America, with Descriptions of Twenty-two new Species. By

Hannmr RIGHSHDSON, ws. 0 cus ms ona 6 oss sd aeons aoa a 321

XXXV. Phoca caspica and Phoca grenlandica. By Prof. F, A.

POMUPT = sin 5.5% simiata ales taitara.n xo) HOO Wk OR GA esa eC aie wesiaiene 339

XXXVI. Descriptions of new Species of the Genus Lycenesthes.

By A. G. Burana PWD) 5 csgidc Sonne dn cee iene seen 341

XXXVII. Ona Collection of Mantide from the Transvaal &ce.

formed by Mr. W.L, Distant. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &c. 344

XXXVII. On Mammals collected by Lieut.-Colonel W. Giffard

in the Northern Territory of the Gold Coast. By W. E. pr Winton, 353

XXXIX. Some apparently undescribed Species of Heterocera from

the Transvaal, By WL. DIsTanT..:4i-wiathy os cine 359

XL. Notes on the Classification of the Coleopterous Family

Rutehde. By Gitzert J. Arrow, F.ES. .. 0 vckadsssaces eves 363

XLI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Shells from Japan. By

GEB: SOWERBY; ELS... ccs: «cusses: «cage tetenttete woke ee es 370

XLII. On Butterflies collected between Chinde and Mandala,

British Central Africa, by Edward M. de Jersey, Esy., in March and

April, 1899. By A. G, Butier, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.5., &e. 2.2... 372

XLII. Descriptions of new Rodents from the Orinoco and

Keuador, By OLDFIELD THOMAS. . x<inean.ut> ahs Nennieuese nd 378

XLIV. Note on the Beech-Marten and Badger of Crete. By

.

Gf. A, BABRRTTSELAMITION ««icca.s nets eee siete Wace haere 383

XLV. On a new Species of Zamras from Eastern Siberia. By

Mei IDONHOTE \, ivan circle kcte sc .Witcmmid, . rot nis STE Sie Eat RO 385

.

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

XLVI. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—

VIII. The New Mexico Bees of the Genus Bombus. By T. D. A.

Cocker nMmnrand. WILMADRE PORTER... sl. 0ccc.ccc cscs ccsacves 336

New Book :—The Geography of Mammals. By W. L. Scrarer,

MACs, ana. L. Sceares, M.A, Ph.D., F.R.S..«...... 393

On the Histology of the Alimentary Canal in the Larva of Chirono-

nOSER BYE VIPMOM Bee. coe eke oes e ts ene ccseee OOO

NUMBER XXIV.

XLVII. On some Land-Mollusks from Java, with Description of

a new Species. By Water E. Coxuines, F.Z.S., Mason Uni-

versity Colleye, Birmingham. (Plates VII. & VIII.) 397

@ (6, ta oe)» 0) 4-8) 3 8

XLVIII. Contributions from the New Mexico Biological Station.—

VII. Observations on Bees, with Descriptions of new Genera and

Species. By T. D. A. CockERELL and WILMATTE PoRTER ...... 403

XLIX. Rhynchotal Notes.—III. Heteroptera: Discocephaline

and Pentatomine (part.). By W. L. Distant

L. A Contribution to the History of the Carboniferous Ganoid,

Benedenius deneensis, Traquair, with Notes on Two newly-discovered

Specimens. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. (Plates IX. & X.).... 445

LI. Descriptions of Three new Reptiles and a new Batrachian

from Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. By G. A. BouLENGER,F.R.S, 451

LII. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians collected by

Mr. P. O. Simons in the Andes of Ecuador. By G. A. BouULENGER,

LG] i LSE ag Pade ce aOR REDE, © penedneiadiec Gor Pree 454

LIII. New Species of Cladophyllia, Prionastrea, and Stylina. By

J. W. Greaory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

LIV. Description of Conus (Cylinder) clytospira, sp.n., from the

Arabian Sea. By James Cosmo Mexvit1, M.A., F.LS., and

ERASE SMS EIIOME ee SEER get cisg cl aic «hc. w'e wiea.. »,0/0)s\ 810,00 pie eipiviess six SOE

New Books:—The History of the European Fauna. By R. F.

ScHarFF, B.Sc., Ph.D., Keeper of the Natural History Col-

lections, Science and Art Museum, Dublin——On Buds and

Stipules. By the Right Hon. Sir Joun Lusgock, Bart., M.P.,

Beret ea PD acs Rateeis cis ss ac dee ee sesvcenns 463, 464

Proceedings of the Geological Society .........+0eeeeees nnde SOO p4oE

wv)

PLATES IN VOL. IV.

Puare I.

| New Mollusca.

II,

IV. Ceroplastes africanus and C. ceriferus.

V. Pereionotus testudo and Jeropsis Dollfusi.

VI. Species of Phyllophora.

Vit.

ait Land-Mollusks from Java.

i BH)

x

Benedenius deneensis,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

rer ascc One OE per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circitm vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettast, Eol. 1.

No. 19. JULY 1899.

_

I.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others.

By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THE present paper is the sixteenth of a series on the Histeride

published in this Magazine, and contains descriptions of

twenty-eight new species, with notices of others which an

increasing knowledge of the family renders desirable.

To show some important characters of certain Saprint I

give first an outline of the prosternal keels and tibia of

Saprinus cruciatus, F. (fig. 1), S. maculatus, Rossi-(fig. 2),

and S. nitidulus, Payk. (fig. 8), and for comparison figures

of the same parts of two species of Gnathoncus. Fig. 4

represents G. rotundatus, Kugel, fig. 5 G. nannetensis, Mars.,

and of the first an outline of the mandible is also given.

Figs. 6 and 7 show the corresponding details in Hypocaccus

4-striatus, Hoffm., and rugifrons, Payk., respectively ; and

fig. 8 exhibits the form of the keel, anterior tibiz, and man-

dible of Pachylopus maritimus, Steph. ‘The side views given

of the keels show that those of S. maculatus and cruciatus

continue anteriorly on the same plane as the base, and the

other large species, such as 8. semipunctatus, I’., rasselas,

Mars., splendidus, Payk., and viridanus, Lew., are formed

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 1

Mr. G. Lewis on

Figs. 1-8.

1 |

|

Saprinus cruciatus, F. Saprinus maculatus, Rossi. :

4

(

Saprinus nitidulus, Payk. Gnathoncus rotundatus, Kugel.

5 6

Gnathoncus nannetensis, Mars, Hypocaccus 4-striatus, Hoffm,

Hypocaccus rugifrons, Payk. Pachylopus maritimus, Steph.

new Species of Histeride. 3

in the same way; but in Hypocaccus the keel is depressed

anteriorly, and in Pachylopus the depression is much more

marked, as shown in fig.8. In Pachylopus and Hypocaccus

there is another character in common to all the species, the

anterior tibial denticulations are more or less diaphanous at

the tips (fig. 8) ; but the principal character which separates

these genera from Saprinus is the transverse head and frontal

carina.

Thomson founded the genus Hypocaccus in 1867 (Skand.

Col. ix. p. 400), taking as the type Saprinus 4-striatus,

Hoffm. His generic characters are :—

“ Frons antice linea transversa elevata a clypeo discreta. Man-

dibulz angulo inferiore dorsali elevato-marginato. Labrum apice

truncatum. ‘Tuibiz posteriores spinis validis inter denticulos im-

mixtis, antice calcari vix discreto. Elytra apice immarginata,

stria marginali discreta, vix in epipleuris sita. Prosterni linee

longitudinales antrorsum conniventes, approximate, postice subito

divergentes.”

Thomson’s genus is a natural one, and the species he assigns

to it agree rather with Pachylopus than with either Saprinus

or Gnathoncus. But Thomson’s generic character “ elytra

apice immarginata” must be modified to admit Saprinus

apricarius, Kr., S. consputus, Mars., and others into the genus,

in which the sutural stria is continued along the apical

margin. By doing this about forty species may be conve-

niently placed in Hypocaccus. I believe that Saprinus macu-

latus, semipunctatus, splendens, and others seek their food in

carrion and vegetal refuse, and live more or less on the

surface of the ground, and in these tlie prosternum has a flat

keel ; while the species of Pachylopus and Hypocaccus burrow

in the sand to the depth of some inches, and the shape of the

keel, sharpened off anteriorly, must greatly facilitate this

action.

The Saprini may soon require revision; but I think the

best lineal arrangement of the genera now recognized is as

follows :—Saprinus, type nitidulus, Payk.; Chelioxenus, type

xercbates, Hubb.; Gnathoncus, type rotundatus, Kugel;

Saprinodes, type falcifer, Lew. ; Puchylopus, type dispar,

Er.; Hypocaccus, type 4-striatus, Hoffm. ; Xenonychus, type

tridens, Jacq. Duv. ; and Myrmetes piceus, Payk.

Through the kindness of Mr. A. M. Lea I have received a

series of Australian species; some of these are from the

duplicates of the Macleay Museum and others are from

Mr. Lea’s own collection. When any reference to these is

made in the text it is followed by a number which corresponds

to one in Mr. Lea’s ‘‘ Note-book.”’ :

1 2

4 Mr. G. Lewis on

List of Species.

Phylloma_angulare. Hister striola, Sah/b.

Hololepta Mastersi, Macleay. sessilis.

levigata, Guér. Carcinops prasinus.

Apobletes solutus. Stictotix Lez.

—— mundus. —— frontalis, Macleay.

almeidee. Paromalus niponensis. _

Platysoma satzume. —— mendicus, Lev.

latimarginatum. Tribalus Lez.

bipunctatum. —— tropicus, Lev.

Phelister nigropunctatus. Saprinus viridanus.

Pachycrerus czeruleatus, inversus.

pullus, Gerst. Saprinodes faleifer, Lew.

Chaleurgus breyipennis, Lew. Hypocaccus ainu.

Omalodes tuberosus.

Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch.

rufipes, Payk.

rubricilliz.

Hister nigrita, Lr. rubricatus.

—— saginatus. Trypeticus meridianus.

colonicus, Pygoccelis usambicus, Kolbe,

tinctus. Teretriosoma latirostre.

striatipectus, Fpiechinus tasmani.

—— crenatifrons.

Phylloma angulare, sp. n.

Oblongum, subconvexum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte leviter impressa ;

mandibulis extus angulatis, intus dentatis; elytris 2-striatis,

striis perspicuis sed brevibus, haud appendiculatis ; propygidio

conspicue bifoveolato, parce circumpunctato ; pygidio dense

punctato, cum margine postice levi.

L. 74 mill. (absque mandibulis).

Oblong, rather narrow, little convex, black and shining ;

the head slightly impressed anteriorly, with two short faint

striae, seen only in certain lights, very feebly punctulate in

the region of the impression; mandibles obtusely but con-

spicuously angulate on the middle of the outer edge, inner

edges each with a single tooth; the thorax transverse, lateral

marginal stria feebly sinuous before the basal angle, basal

edge scarcely sinuous; the elytra, lateral fossa rather short

and abbreviated at the base and posteriorly continued as a

fine stria nearly to the apical angle, the first stria is well

marked and as long asa fourth part of the elytron, the second

is similar in distinctness but shorter, there is no appendage ;

the propygidium is conspicuously bifoveolate posteriorly and

encircled by punctures, punctures most marked within the

fovere ; the pygidium densely punctate, with the posterior

margin smooth; the prosternum is obtusely angulate behind

and widens out anteriorly to an angle behind the coxe, and

from the angle it narrows again to a point beyond the coxe ;

new Species of Histeride. 5

the mesosternum is widely sinuous behind the prosternal

keel, and on each side it is distinctly angulate, the angles

are striate at the edge and within the strie on either side

is a small depression or shallow fovea ; the anterior tibie are

4-dentate, 2 apical teeth are obtuse and close together and

have a common base.

The oblong rather narrow outline of this species and the

form of the mandibles distinguish it from the ten other species

assigned to Phylloma.

Hab. Rio Dogua, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). One

example.

Hololepta Mastersi, Macleay.

Haleeve Mastersi, Macleay, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. p. 157

(1871).

I formerly considered (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xi.

p- 418, 1893) that this species was identical with HH. sid-

nensis, Mars., 1860; but having lately received examples of

both sexes from Mr. A. M. Lea, I find this is an error. Both

species are of the same size and closely similar, but in

H. Mastersi the male has a carina on the mentum, the thorax

is impunctate, and the marginal thoracic stria is much less

conspicuous in both sexes.

Hololepta levigata, Guér.

Hololepta levigata, Guér, Voy. Bélanger, Zool. p. 482, t. ii. fig. 4

(1834).

This species is entered in the Munich Catalogue as a

species of Plesius, but it is a Hololepta, and a reference to

Plesius levigatus, Mars., is placed after it as though it were

the same insect. I think A. levigata, Guér., is the same

species as Hololepta procera, Br., also described in 1834. I

transcribe Guérin’s diagnosis, which agrees with Erichson’s

species in belonging to a Hololepta with a frontal tubercle.

Hololepta procera, Er., was found by M. Mouhot in Siam,

and it may therefore occur in Coromandel. It is common in

Java and Sumatra, and perhaps M. Bélanger made an error

in recording the locality.

Guérin’s diagnosis is :—

“ H, nigra, nitida; corpore depresso, plano, oblongo, capite lvi-

gato, tuberculato; mandibulis validis, inermibus, capite longi-

oribus ; thorace levigato, transverso, antice profunde emarginato ;

elytris thorace longioribus, lateribus marginatis, leevigatis, linea

abbreviata humerali; abdomine vage punctato; tibiis anticis

extus tridentatis, intus basi unidentatis.

“7,15 mill., lat. 7 mill.”

Hab. Coromandel (Lé/anger).

6 Mr. G. Lewis on

Apobletes solutus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus ; fronte concava, stria

integra antice tenuiter impressa; pronoto lateribus punctato,

stria laterali pone oculos minute interrupta; elytris striis 1-3

integris, 4 et 5 apicalibus; propygidio pygidioque punctatis ;

mesosterno late sinuato, marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 33 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head,

forehead concave, surface finely not thickly punctulate, stria

complete, transverse portion rather fine, but it is deep over

the eyes, before the eyes the edge is prominent and in front

of the projection the edge is bisinuous; the thorax, lateral

stria rather strong and close to the edge, and it is disconnected

behind the eye with the stria behind the neck, which is

straight and crenulate on either side; the sides of the thorax

have a band of scattered punctures ; the elytra, strie, there is

a very fine oblique humeral close to the base of the first stria,

1-3 complete and all turn feebly inwards at the base, 4 apical

and not quite a third of the elytral length, 5 indicated by two

or three punctures, sutural wanting ; the propygidium with

two rather large shallow fovew on either side behind, mode-

rately punctured, punctures most conspicuous in the fovee ;

the pygidium somewhat similarly punctured and very feebly

impressed on either side ; the prosternum, anterior lobe micro-

scopically strigose, the strigosities ending at the suture, and

there are a few punctures scattered over the surface, the keel

gradually shelves off at the sides and the want of sculpture

on it is conspicuous as compared with the anterior lobe ; the

mesosternum is very widely sinuous anteriorly, with a rather

deep marginal stria which stops abruptly before the base ;

the metasternum has an independent lateral stria; the anterior

tibize 4-dentate.

This species is similar to A. parensis, Mars., but parensis

is larger and has no frontal stria. The elytral stria and the

fovex of the pygidium and other small characters also distin-

guish it.

Hab. Brazil (H. H. Smith).

Apobletes mundus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovatus, complanatus, piceus, nitidus; fronte tenuissime

punctulata, haud striata, basi utrinque breviter sulcata; pronoto

marginato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata, 5 sutu-

ralique apicalibus ; propygidio sparse grosse punctato; prosterno

mesosternoque haud striatis.

L, 24-27 mill.

new Species of Histeride. 7

Oblong-oval, flat, piceous, shining ; the head, surface even,

with extremely fine evenly scattered punctures, at the base on

either side are two short furrows, it is angulate on the sides

over the eyes and very minutely bisinuous before the angle;

the thorax with similar punctures to those of the head, mar-

ginal stria complete and close to the edge; the elytra, striz

1-3 complete, 4 shortened at the base, 5 apical, dimidiate,

and very feebly oblique, sutural half the length of the fifth

only, being shortened apically, it is also slightly oblique ;

both humeral striz are wanting; the propygidium has some

shallow punctures along its base, and a very few similar points

are scattered irregularly over the surface ; the pygidium has

relatively large punctures, also irregular, but more closely

set together; the prosternum is without strie; the meso-

sternum is very widely emarginate, also without a stria; the

metasternum has a lateral stria, but the suture between it and

the mesosternum is scarcely visible; the anterior tibie

4-dentate.

Hab. ‘‘Usambara, Derema, 850 m. December, 1891.

Condrat, 8.” In the Berlin Museum and my own collection.

Apobletes almeide, sp. n.

Oblongus, parallelus, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte fere

plana, antice haud striata, punctulata; pronoto stria marginali

integra; elytris striis 1-2 et 4 completis, 5 apicali brevissima,

suturali basi multo abbreviata, paulum obliqua; propygidio

pygidioque irregulariter punctatis; prosterno bistriato, striis

anticis divergentibus.

L, 22 mill.

Oblong, parallel, rather depressed; forehead slightly

uneven, without a transverse stria, but marginate over the

eyes, surface sparingly punctulate; the thorax punctulate

very similarly to the head, but the punctures more distinctly

vary in size, hind angles rectangular, anterior obtuse, marginal

stria laterally close to the edge, but behind the neck it is

further from the margin; along the basal edge there is a row

of punctures, but they do not meet before the scutellum ; the

elytra, strie 1, 2, 4 complete, 3 broken or evanescent in the

middle, 5 consists of a very short apical line, the sutural is

apical but reaches beyond the middle of the dorsum, and is not

parallel to the suture, but gradually widens slightly from it

to the apex, the apical border has a few fine punctures; the

propygidium is narrowly transverse, with scattered points of

varying sizes ; the pygidium is semicircular in outline, with

a shallow depression on either side at the base, and round the

8 Mr. G. Lewis on

depressions the outer edge is thickened and raised, the surface

punctuation is the same as that of the propygidium ; the pro-

sternum bistriate, strize not joining behind, diverging widely

before the coxee and curved inwards at the tips; the meso-

sternum is widely sinuous, almost from angle to angle, the

marginal stria is complete, and on either side of the sinuosity

the margin is widened and thickened; anterior tibia 4-93-

dentate, with tarsal grooves shallow and nearly straight.

The genus Apobletes, as at present constituted, is _not

capable of exact definition ; in both this species and A. lati-

usculus, Sch., the tarsal grooves are shallow and nearly

straight, and in two species of the allied genus Platysoma

from Madagascar the grooves are similarly formed, viz.

P. Richteri, Sch., and P. quadricolle, Lew.

Hab. Madagascar, “ Andrangoloaka, alt. 1600 m. O.5. O.

de Tananarive.”’

Platysoma satzume, sp. n.

Ovale, convexiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; antennis pedibusque

rufo-piceis ; fronte leviter impressa, stria transversa subarcuata ;

pronoto anguste marginato; elytris striis 1 et 3 integris, 2 basi

abbreviata, 4-5 apicalibus ; propygidio pygidioque profunde punc-

tatis.

L. 4 mill.

Oval, somewhat convex, black, shining; the head feebly

impressed anteriorly, stria complete and transversely feebly

bowed ; the thorax a little arched anteriorly, angles some-

what obtuse, lateral stria well-marked, close to the edge, and

continued behind the head ; the elytra, striz 1 and 3 complete,

2 a little shortened at the base, 4 apical but just passing the

middle, 5 apical but only reaching the middle, sutural wanting ;

the propygidium is coarsely punctured (very similarly to

P. confucti, Mars.) ; the pygidium is more deeply punctured

and the punctures are larger and relatively a little less close,

the posterior rim is smooth ; the prosternum, keel narrow and

without stria; the mesosternum is rather widely emarginate

in front, stria complete, but at the emargination it is very

close to the edge, laterally it continues down the meta-

sternum ; the anterior tibizw are 5-dentate.

‘This species in outline is rather more oval than P. sin-

crum, Sch., but otherwise the general form is similar. It

also resembles P. solitarium, elingue, and uniforme, Lew., espe-

cially in the thoracic marginal stria being close and parallel

to the edge.

Hab. Higo and Satzuma, 8. Japan.

new Species of Histeridee. 9

Platysoma latimarginatum, sp. 0.

Oblongum, subparallelum, depressum, rufo-brunneum ; fronte leviter

impressa, minutissime punctulata, stria integra; pronoto, stria

marginali integra, laterali a margine valde distante antice abbre-

viata; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-6 apicalibus; prosterno bi-

striato, angustato ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis.

L.3 mill. ~

Oblong, rather parallel, depressed, reddish brown; the

head, surface with an extremely fine punctuation, not dense, stria

complete and fine and widely straight anteriorly ; the thorax,

marginal stria somewhat carinate and passes the posterior

angle, behind the head it leaves the edge and is obscurely

crenulate, there is an inner lateral stria some distance from the

margin which leaves a very wide interstice, the stria touches

the base but is shortened anteriorly at a point in a line with

the back of the head, this stria is broad and bends inwards in

the middle; the elytra, striw, external humeral complete,

inner humeral wanting, 1-3 rather fine and complete, 4-5

apical and almost reaching the middle, sutural longer than

the last two and just passing beyond the middle; there are

microscopic punctures on the thorax and elytra; the pro-

pygidium has a few large, shallow, and irregular punctures

with minute points intermixed ; the pygidium is very similar,

but the large irregular punctures are transversely disposed

near the base; the prosternum, keel narrow, surface with a

few minute punctures, bistriate, strie looped together at the

base, outside the striz the prosternum is minutely strigose,

lobe rather wide and distinctly punctured, base semicircular

in outline ; the mesosternum emarginate, with a short stria on

each side at the angles, within these short striz there is the

usual mesosternal marginal stria, which follows the course

ot the emargination, and then, leaving the edge, passes some-

what obliquely along the side of the metasternum ; the ante-

rior tibiz are 3-dentate.

Resembles Platysoma constrictum, Lew.

Hab. Forest Reefs, New South Wales (Lea, 1248).

Platysoma bipunctatum, sp. n.

Oblongum, subparallelum, depressum, rufo-brunneum ; pronoto stria

laterali integra, utrinque nigro bipunctato; elytris striis 1-3

integris, 4-5 apicalibus, dimidiatis, suturali nulla; prosterno bi-

striato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oblong, rather parallel, depressed, reddish brown; the head

10 Mr. G. Lewis on

very minutely and sparsely punctulate, stria complete, bowed

laterally, nearly straight in front, vertex feebly impressed ;

the thorax, marginal stria very fine, lateral also very fine, it

widens out a little in the median area, and, although very

fine, continues round the basal angle, on each side not far

from the margin and as near the middle as possible is a small

black spot; the elytra, strie 1-3 complete, 4-5 dimidiate

and exactly equal in length, there is no sutural; the pygidia

are punctured like those of P. latimarginatum.

Beneath, this species is almost exactly the same as the last,

except that the surface of the prosternum on either side

of the keel is less conspicuously strigose and there are no

short strize at the mesosternal angles; the anterior tibie are

5-dentate, basal tooth very small.

This and the preceding species with P. constrictum, Lew.,

constitute a type of Platysoma peculiar to Australia. The

prosternal anterior lobe is very prominent in all the three

species.

Hab. Forest Reefs, New South Wales (Lea, 1244).

Phelister nigropunctatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexiusculus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; pronoto utrinque

nigro-punctato; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali basi

abbreviatis; propygidio pygidioque punctatis; tibiis anticis 4-

dentatis.

L, 23 mill.

Oval, a little convex, rather dark reddish brown, shining ;

the forehead is clearly punctulate, feebly concave, stria com-

plete, carinate over the eyes, nearly straight in front; the

thorax, marginal stria complete, crenulate behind the head,

jateral stria fine, parallel to the marginal stria, and ter-

minating just before the anterior angle, surface finely not

densely punctured, near the middle but not very close to the

lateral margin is a distinct but small circular black spot; the

elytra, the bases are narrowly edged with black, and near

the scutellum there are six or eight smal] black spots, and

behind them the suture is dusky, the striz are crenulate, 1-4

complete, 5 and sutural reaching beyond the middle, the

sutural is the longest; the propygidium and pygidium are

somewhat closely punctured, punctures shallow, the pygidium

has a narrow posterior rim; the prosternum, anterior lobe

somewhat closely punctured, keel smooth, with two oblique

strie between the coxe; the mesosternum is widely sinuous

anteriorly in the middle, with a short sinuosity on either side

of it; across the mesosternum is a fine arched stria, which

bl

¢

.

new Species of Histeride. 11

approaches near the edge anteriorly and terminates poste-

riorly without joining the metasternal lateral stria ; the meta-

sternum has a longitudinal median sulcus in the anterior area ;

the anterior tibie are 4-dentate, intermediate and posterior

tibia somewhat widen out gradually to the base.

The tarsal grooves of this species are straight, and in this

respect agree with those of Platysoma exortivum, Lew. ‘he

last Schmidt considers belongs to the genus Phelister; so

until a new genus is established I follow his views.

Both species are at present unique in my collection.

flab, Tamworth, New South Wales (Zea, 1247).

Pachycrerus ceruleatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, supra parum convexus, czruleo-metallicus ; antennis pedi-

busque rufo-brunneis; clypeo impresso a fronte distincto, stria

integra valida; pronoto lateribus fortius punctato, stria marginali

antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-4, suturali, et humeralibus

integris, 5 dimidiata; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno antice

marginato ; propygidio pygidioque punctatis.

L. 4 mill.

The species is the same size and shape as P. cyaneus, Er.,

and is very similar in sculpture. It differs in the forehead

being clearly punctulate, the fourth, sutural, and two humeral

strie are complete (although the sutural stria is somewhat

fine and vague at the base), the apices of the elytra are trans-

versely punctured, and the prosternal keel is rather narrower.

Hab. Matadi, Congo River (J. A. Clark), Two examples

were captured amongst many dozens of P. cyaneus, Kr.

Pachycrerus pullus (Gerst.).

Platysoma pullum, Gerst. Archiy fiir Naturg. xxxiil. p. 31 (1867).

This species closely resembles Pachycrerus tenuistriatus,

Lew. 1 saw Gersticker’s type in Berlin, and I afterwards

sent my type of P. tenuistriatus to Herr Kolbe for comparison

with it, who has kindly sent me the following note about it:—

“ P, tenuistriatus is larger, the elytra shorter, fourth stria

oblique, in pullus it is parallel to the third, the punctuation

is more dispersed on the elytra and occupies but an apical

quarter of them, in pullus it occupies half.”

CuHALCURGUS, Kolbe.

Chalcurgus, Kolbe, Deutsch-Ost-A frika, ivy, Col. p. 100 (1897),

I have seen the two species, C. cyaneus and C. minor,

12 Mr. G. Lewis on

assigned to this genus by Kolbe in the museum at Berlin,

and it is clear that Pachycrerus brevipennis, Lew., 1s con-

generic with them.

Omalodes tuberosus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte impressa,

stria retrorsum acuminata; pronoto ad angulos minute punetu-

lato, stria marginali integra ; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-2 integris,

3 punctiformi, humerali externa nulla, interna brevi cum prima

dorsali apice connexa; pygidio propygidioque dense subtiliter

punctulatis, hoc margine postico tuberculis duobus fortibus, duo-

busque lateribus minus elevatis; prosterno in medio bistriato ;

mesosterno antice profunde emarginato et utrinque sinuato,

stria marginali late interrupta; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.

L. 8 mill.

This species differs from QO. tuberculipygus, Sch., in its

shorter form, forehead impressed, not canaliculate, in wanting

a sutural stria, in the prosternal stria being shorter, and,

above all, by the edge of the mesosternum being sinuous on

either side of the median emargination. In a type specimen

of QO. tuberculipygus 1 have received from Herr J. Schmidt

the mesosternal marginal stria is complete.

Hab. Brazil (ex coll. Barton).

Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch.

Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch. Ent. Nachr. xy. p. 366 (1889).

By the kindness of Herr H. J. Kolbe I am able to give a

figure (fig. 9) of the above species. Hister mtesa, Ancey, a

species very inadequately described, possibly belongs to

Campylorhabdus, and, if so, it is a far more extraordinary

species of the genus than C. singularis. ‘The prosternum is

narrow behind the coxe, with two short unconnected striz,

the mesosternum is straight and wide anteriorly and the

marginal stria is almost rectangular on either side and is at

some distance from the edge. On the first segment of the

abdomen there is a wide transverse arched stria. The two

humeral striae are complete, 1-4 and sutural are also com-

plete and join at the base, 5 is apical and dimidiate.

Mons. Ancey says nothing about the legs, so it may belong

to another genus, but it is similar to Campylorhabdus. The

particulars 1 have given of Ancey’s species are froma drawing

| made some years ago when the type specimen was kindly

lent to me by the author. The type is now in Herr J.

natal tL aralltn: naaliaatagil

new Species of Histeride. 13

Schmidt’s collection, having been given to him by Mons.

Ancey.

Fig. 9.

Campylorhabdus singularis, Sch.

Hfister nigrita, Er., has been found in Mashonaland by

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall eating Onitis tnuus, F., a beetle of

considerable size, and it has also been found feeding on

Aphodii and small Onthophagi.

Fister saginatus, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; labro valde emar-

ginato; fronte lata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus ciliato,

striis externis basi abbreviatis, internis anticis interruptis ; elytris

striis 1-3 integris, 4 subintegra, 5-6 dimidiatis ; pygidio dense

punctato ; mesosterno profunde emarginato, stria interrupta.

L. 13 mill.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head,

labrum transverse, anteriorly depressed in the middle, with

the anterior edge narrowly but rather deeply emarginate,

forehead flattish, stria somewhat fine but complete and nearly

straight in front; the thorax ciliate laterally, outer lateral

stria shortened at the base and anteriorly hamate and confined

14 Mr. G. Lewis on

to the angle, inner stria deeper and reaching the base and

anteriorly it terminates behind the outer stria and is similarly

hamate ; the elytra, striae, inner subhumeral interrupted in

the middle and shortened a little at the base, 1-3 complete,

4 shortened at the base, 5-6 approximately dimidiate ; the

propygidium is densely punctate lateraily, punctures in the

median area less close; the pygidium is wholly and densely

punctate; the prosternum, keel narrow, base spatulate, apical

stria oblique, only marginal at the tip; the mesosternum is

deeply emarginate, stria interrupted in the middle (this

stria is interrupted in all the closely allied species). The

anterior tibia are 3-dentate, apical tooth very large, inter-

mediate and posterior tibize multispinose.

Above, this species is very similar to 1. robusticeps, Mars. ;

but HH. robusticeps, Mars., and H. fortis, Sch., differ from the

species of the robustus group generally in having the anterior

lobe of the prosternum marginate. In H. robustus, Er., and

the species closely similar to it the prosternum is marginate

only at the tip, as the stria laterally takes an oblique direc-

tion, and in doing so departs from the anterior edge.

Hab. 'Vschinde, mouth of the Zambesi River.

Iister colonicus, sp. n.

Late ovatus, parum depressus, niger, nitidus; stria frontali integra

ad oculos angulata; pronoto striis duabus lateralibus validis in-

tegris ; elytriis striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi evanescenti, 5 apicali,

suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio dense punctato, interstitiis

longitudinaliter elevatis ; mesosterno sinuato, marginato ; tibiis

anticis fortiter tridentatis.

L. 7-7 mill.

Broadly oval, rather depressed, black, shining ; the head,

frontal stria complete and feebly sinuous in front, angulate

over the eyes, mandibles broad and bidentate ; the thorax

transverse, bistriate laterally, striae deep and complete, with

the interstice and border convex, external hamate behind

the anterior angle, which is somewhat obtuse, the marginal

stria is fine and limited to the region of anterior angle, the

inner is broken behind the eye but continued behind the neck,

there is a very small linear scutellar puncture; the elytra,

strie, outer humeral wanting, inner deep and shortened well

before the base, with a fine oblique appendage on the shoulder,

1-3 strong and complete, 4 fine and evanescent (or sometimes

broken) at the base, 5 apical, dimidiate, sometimes broken,

sometimes twisted, sutural shortened before the base and

arcuate ; the propygidium is densely and coarsely punctate,

a)

new Species of Histeride. 15

with ridge-like interstices somewhat longitudinally raised,

especially behind the fourth and fifth strie; the pygidium

similarly sculptured, except that the interstices are more

irregular and less longitudinal; the prosternum, anterior

lobe somewhat pointed, with two marginal strie on either

side, lateral region punctured; the mesosternum 1s sinuous

and the marginal stria complete, but it does not join the meta-

sternal stria at the suture; the anterior tibie are tridentate,

the apical tooth is very strong. i

In its general form this species resembles H. Leseleuct,

Mars.

Hab. Dar-es-Salaam, Dutch E. Africa.

Note-—The mandibles in /Hister trepidus, Lew., and

H. Colensoi, Lew. (1897), are bidentate in the middle of the

inner edge.

Mister tinctus, sp. 0.

Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte foveolata, stria in-

tegra ; pronoto stria laterali externa basi abbreviata, interna

haud interrupta; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali

subintegra ; propygidio bifoveolato; pygidio parum dense

punctato ; tibiis latis.

L. 63-74 mill.

Oval, little convex, black, with a bluish tint on the elytra,

shining; the head, forehead foveolate, like that of Hister

cavifrons, Mars., surface very feebly punctulate, stria com-

plete, sometimes bisinuous, sometimes straighter; the thorax,

marginal stria is fine and ceases behind the eye, outer stria

commences within the anterior angle and terminates before

the base, inner stria is complete and crenulate behind the

head and nearly reaches the base, being clearly longer than the

outer stria, surface microscopically punctulate; the elytra, striz,

internal subhumeral apical and reaching beyond the middle,

1-4 complete, interstice between the second and third rather

wide at the base, 5 apical and not quite reaching the middle,

sutural arcuate and shortened a little before and behind; the

propygidium bifoveolate, not densely punctured, punctures

some small and some large, intermixed ; the pygidium is more

evenly punctured and the punctures are more dense; the

prosternum impunctate and without striae; the mesosternum

rather deeply emarginate, marginal stria strong and com-

plete; the tibiz, anterior 4-dentate, apical tooth bifid at the

apex, intermediate and posterior multispinose.

The tibie of this species are broad and the tarsi short,

16 Mr. G. Lewis on

approaching in fact the form in the genus Contipus; but it

is a Hister of the American type, which includes Mister cavi-

Jrons and impressifrons of Marseul. It is the only species of

flister at present known with a bluish tint on the elytra.

Hab. Santarem and Benevides (H. H. Smith). Twelve

examples,

Hister striatipectus, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, subeonvexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte leviter impressa ;

pronoto stria laterali interna integra; elytris striis 1-2 integris,

3 interrupta, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali utrinque abbreviata ; pro-

pygidio pygidioque grosse punctatis ; prosterno bistriato.

L, 53 mill.

Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head

feebly impressed, stria complete, bisinuous anteriorly and

suleate over the eyes; the thorax, inner lateral stria deep,

shortened just before the base and continued behind the head,

very feebly sinuous behind the eyes, outer stria short and

confined to the region of the angle, marginal very fine and

ceasing behind the eye; the elytra, striz, inner humeral fine,

oblique and basal, outer wanting, dorsal 1-2 complete and

deep, 3 basal, dimidiate, with a short apical appendage, 4-5

very short and apical, sutural dorsal, much shortened ante-

riorly, rather less so behind ; the propygidium and pygidium

are very coarsely punctate, punctures close but not dense, the

punctures are larger than those of H. coronatus, Mars., and

more closely set ; the prosternum is remarkable, it is bordered

by a very fine but clear stria, which continues along the base,

but anteriorly stops at the suture without turning inwards;

the mesosternum is widely sinuous in front, marginal stria

complete but abruptly ending before the metasternal suture ;

the metasternum, lateral stria fine and continued along the

anterior suture, being rounded off on either side, not angu-

late ; the tibia, anterior apically bifid, with four small teeth

behind them, hinder tibia somewhat dilated, tarsi short.

This species should be placed next to H. Sallet, Mars. In

H, Sailei the punctuation of the pygidium is not nearly so

coarse, the prosternal strie are similar but do not reach the

anterior suture, and the metasternal transverse stria is

distinctly crenulate and angulate on either side.

Hab, ‘Chapada Forest, November” (H. H. Smith). One

example.

new Species of Uisteride. 17

Hister crenatifrons, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; antennis pedibusque rufis ;

fronte utrinque crenata, stria valida semicirculari; pronoto stria

interna laterali postice abbreviata, antice post angulum terminata ;

elytris striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus ;

mesosterno marginato; propygidio pygidioque parce punctatis.

L. 33 mill.

Orbicular, convex, black, shining; the head feebly im-

pressed anteriorly, stria well marked and semicircular, punc-

tuation sparse and microscopical, the anterior edge before the

eye is deeply notched, which enables the funiculus or basal

joint of the antenna to be raised vertically, and close to it is

a second but less conspicuous notch or emargination, the

mandibles are microscopically strigous on the upper surface

of their bases; the thorax is extremely finely punctulate,

marginal stria fine and continued behind the head, internal

stria strong and a little oblique; this stria resembles that

figured by Marseul for H. torquatus, except that it is not

hamate anteriorly, but ends abruptly before and behind; the

elytra, strie, humeral external deep but shortened before and

behind, internal wanting, but there is a very fine short oblique

stria at the base of the first stria, 1-4 dorsal complete, the

interstices between the first and second and the third and

fourth widen out a little at their bases, 5 apical, not reaching

the middle, sutural reaches beyond the middle, but is a little

shortened apically ; the pygidia are irregularly, not closely

nor coarsely punctured; the prosternum is without striae,

keel narrow and triangular at the base, basal edge obscurely

concave ; the mesosternum anteriorly faintly arched in outline,

stria complete, rather fine and close to the edge; the meta-

sternum hasa transverse stria less bowed than the mesosternal

stria, the stria continues along the sides and widens out

before the posterior cox; the anterior tibie are apically

dilated, with one strong tooth near the insertion of the tarsus,

but the other teeth are ill-defined.

This species resembles H. torquatus, Mars., but the frontal

outline, thoracic stria, and other characters easily distin-

guish it.

Hab. Sumatra (Doherty).

Hister striola, Sahlb., n. syn.

The synonymy of this species is Hister succiola, Thoms.,

1862; H. japanus, Motsch., 1860; H. strioia, Sahlb., 1834.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 2

18 Mr. G. Lewis on

Hister sessilis, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; pedibus brunneo-rufis ;

pronoto utrinque impresso stria interna abbreviata: elytris stris

1-5 integris, 5 basi incurvata, apice sinuata, suturali dimidiata ;

mesosterno arcuato, marginato; tibiis anticis apice dilatatis.

Long. 23-33 mill.

Orbicular, rather convex, black and shining, antenne and

legs brownish red; the head, vertex punctulate, stria strong,

complete and distinctly sinuous anteriorly; the thorax, ante-

rior edge bisinuous, internal lateral stria very short, oblique,

and terminating anteriorly in a fovea behind the anterior

angle, fovea punctate, the stria behind the head is crenulate

or punctiform and does not clearly reach the fovea (in some

examples this stria is better marked than in others); the

elytra, striae, inner subhumeral discal very short, with a basal

oblique appendage, external wanting, dorsal 1-4 complete

and somewhat bowed, 5 complete, faintly sinuous behind the

middle, very indistinctly incurved before the base, sutural

apical reaching beyond the middle and posteriorly turning

away from the suture; the propygidium sparsely punctured

and the pygidium is smooth (the surface-sculpture of these

two segments agrees with those of 7. celestis, Mars.) ; the

prosternum, anterior lobe with an arched marginal sulcus;

the mesosternum is arched anteriorly, with an irregular crenu-

late marginal stria; the metasternum has a lateral stria some

distance within the line of mesosternal stria; the anterior legs

are smooth and the tibize widen out to their apices, the denti-

culations are ill-defined.

The species is very similar to HH. celest’s, Mars., and

H, infirmus, Sch.; 1 only know the latter by description, but

the thoracic stria is interrupted behind the head and the fifth

dorsal is formed differently.

Hab. Burmah (coll. H. E. Andrewes and my own).

Carcinops prasinus, sp. ne

Ovalis, depressiusculus, viridi-metallicus ; antennis pedibusque rufo-

brunneis ; capite utrinque angulato; elytris striis crenulatis, 1-4

dorsalibus integris, 5 suturalique abbreviatis ; pygidio fere levi;

mesosterno antice emarginato, stria marginali integra; abdomine

segmento primo utrinque bistriato.

L, 1§ mill.

Oval, somewhat depressed, metallic green; the head

sparsely punctulate, with a few larger punctures on the vertex,

marginate and distinctly angulate over the eyes; the thorax,

new Species of Histeride. Ls

marginal stria complete, punctures very similar to those of

head, but the larger points are absent on the disk, along the

basal edge are oval and larger punctures, but they are less

conspicuous before the scutellum, there is no scutellar punc-

ture; the elytra, striz crenulate, 1-4 complete, 4 bending a

little inwards at the base, 5 shortened just before the base,

sutural shortened by about one third and punctiform poste-

riorly, humeral internal fine but entire; the propygidium has

a very few transverse scattered punctures, and under the

microscope a fine punctuation can be seen on the pygidium;

the prosternum, striz parallel and joined at the base, but not

anteriorly ; the mesosternum, marginal stria well-marked and

complete; the first segment of the abdomen has two lateral

striz on each side.

This species in colour agrees somewhat with C. viridicollis

and C. dominicanus, Mars.

Hab. Vera Cruz (Herr R. Becker).

Stictotie Lec, sp. n.

Breviter ovalis, convexiusculus, obscure brunneus, subnitidus ; fronte

leviter concava, supra oculos elevata, utrinque inconspicue oblique

carinata; pronoto margine elevato; elytris utrinque tricarinatis ;

tibiis anticis versus medium dilatatis.

L. 13 mill.

Shortly oval, little convex, brown and somewhat shining ;

the head feebly concave and very irregularly punctured,

punctures varying in size and form, elevated over the eyes,

with the elevations continuing as somewhat obscure ridges

obliquely down the face (these ridges are not conspicuous like

those of S. Mormoni, Lew., or S. frontalis, Macl.), on the

vertex there is a very minute tubercle, only seen in certain

lights; the thorax, the lateral edges are somewhat thickly

elevated_and continued as a stria behind the head, stria partly

punctate, partly crenulate ; the elytra, epipleural margin, inner

and onter humeral striz are cariniform, dorsal striz 1-6

complete, but shallow and indistinct, with rows of punctures,

more or less regular and similar to those of the thorax, be-

tween them; the pygidium somewhat closely punctured and

some of the punctures are incompletely circular; the pro-

sternum, the keel is wide and somewhat opaque owing to a

densely granulate sculpture, lateral strie cariniform, especially

between the cox, before the coxe the strize widen out

gradually to the lateral edge of the anterior lobe, lobe sculp-

tured like the keel ; the mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly

and transverse and narrow, only margined at the sides, and

Q*

20 Mr. G. Lewis on

separated from the metasternum by a straight crenulate stria ;

the metasternum and first abdominal segment are rather more

clearly punctate than the mesosternum ; the legs slender, with

the anterior tibize conspicuously swollen before the middle.

The widening out of the prosternal striae is a generic

character in Stictotix.

Hab. Windsor, New South Wales (A. M. Lea, 1236).

Stictotix frontalis.

Limnichus frontalis, Macl. Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. W. ii. p. 172 (1871).

Late ovalis, convexiusculus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; fronte conspicue

bicarinata; elytris 12-striatis; metasterno punctato, punctis in

medio luniformibus.

L. 2 mill.

Broadly oval, somewhat convex, reddish brown ; the head,

surface granulate, vertex concave, concavity bordered on either

side with a well-marked oblique carina; the thorax nearly as

wide again at the base as in front, lateral margin narrowly

elevated, granulate within the anterior angles and behind

the neck, marginal stria behind the head obscurely crenulate ;

surface punctuation very distinct, somewhat large, shallow,

and not quite circular, the interstices between the punctures

are abcut the width of the punctures themselves; the elytra,

there are twelve striz on each elytron, that which is appa-

rently the outer humeral is punctiform, the sutural is joined

at the base to the third from the suture, the two intervening

strie represent probably one stria formed astwo. In S. Mor-

mont, Lew., where the sutural is joined to another in a similar

manner, there is only one intervening stria. ‘The interstitial

punctuation, so peculiar in this genus, is arranged in rows;

the propygidium and pygidium are coarsely, rather densely, and

evenly punctured; the prosternum, the lateral striz are fine,

carinate, and oblique before the cox, the anterior lobe has

a rather broad granulate border along the anterior edge

and a very few and very much scattered punctures, some

incompletely circular; the mesosternum has punctures set

transversely, several are crescent-shaped, the transverse stria

is widely cienulate ; the metasternum is curiously punctured,

the punctures in the median area are crescent-shaped, on the

outer area circular, neither are closely placed; the legs are

slender, tibia not dilated; the antenna, basal joint nearly as

long as all the others together.

‘The outline of this species is broader than any other of

the described species of this genus.

new Species of Histeridee. 21

Hab. Clarence River, New South Wales (Zea, 1235). I

am indebted to Mr. A. M. Lea for specimens of this species,

which have been carefully compared with Macleay’s type.

Paromalus niponensts, sp. n.

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 33 (1892) I

recorded this species from Japan as P. complanatus, Panz., but

having more recently set up a large series, I find that all the

Japanese specimens are different in small but important parti-

culars. The general outline of the body is less oblong—that

is, it is relatively broader than P. complanatus, the breadth

being particularly seen in the width of the thorax and meso-

sternum; the legs and antenne are less elongate; the head more

distinctly punctured, with the lateral border more elevated ;

the thorax has the marginal stria minutely interrupted in

the middle behind the neck, and the anterior angles are more

acute; the sculpture of the pygidium in the male is variable,

but it is usually deeper, and the anastomosed sculpture is

bordered behind usually with a semicircular furrow; the

mesosternum has an indistinct biarcuate transverse stria, and

its lateral stria terminates at the base rectangularly. Marseul

says the head of P. complanatus is smooth, but there are fine

and feeble points on the surface; the mesosternum has the

lateral striz hamate at the base, and its transverse stria is

fine but very clear and consists of a single arc.

Long. 3-33 mill.

Hab. Found throughout Japan, chiefly under the bark of

beech.

Paromalus mendicus, Lew.

This species was originally found in 8. Japan, but in 1890

Herr J. Schmidt informed me that he had received it from

Java.

Tribalus Lee, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte modice prominula, utrinque

breviter striata ; pronoto sparse punctulato, punctis grossis inter-

mixtis ; elytris striis suturalibus antice abbreviatis; prosterno

bistriato ; mesosterno postice crenulato-striato, stria recta.

L, 23-23 mill.

This species, like several from Kastern Asia, has a sutural

stria which diverges from the suture anteriorly. It is ex-

tremely like 7. kenigius, Mars., but it is more oval, less

convex in the dorsal region, the punctuation of the thorax and

22 Mr. G. Lewis on

elytra more conspicuous, and along the base of the first are

some aciculate punctures, the prosternal keel is shorter and

the lateral strie diverge less posteriorly. ‘The forehead also

is less prominent over the eyes.

Hab. Cairus, New South Wales. From the Macleay

Museum (Lea, 1255).

Tribalus tropicus, Lew.

Tribalus tropicus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, xvi. p. 212

(1885).

Herr J. Schmidt has stated (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,

ser. 2, xvil. (xxxvii.) p. 294, 1897) that the above species is

T. Dorie, Mars. T. Dorie is opaque and depressed, and

the dorsal punctuation is obscure. J’. tropicus is convex,

with ocellate punctures, and resembles 7. kanigius, Mars.

I found 7. Dorie at the same time as 7’. tropicus, and I may

have sent Herr Schmidt a specimen of the first instead of the

second; but there is no near resemblance between the two

species.

Saprinus virtdanus, sp. n.

Ovalis, eneo-viridis; fronte punctata, stria integra; pronoto lateribus

impressis grosse punctato, stria integra margini approximata,

antice in medio angulata; elytris striis subhumerali externa

distincta, interna disjuncta brevissima, 1-3 dimidiatis, 4-5

utrinque, suturali basi, abbreviatis; prosterno plano, bistriato ;

mesosterno antice immarginato; tibiis 4-dentatis.

L. 73 will.

Oval, brassy green, thorax rather more brassy than the

elytra ; the head transverse, surface rather densely punctured,

with a small median fovea on the vertex, stria complete,

feebly bisinuous in front; the thorax with a lateral band of

coarse punctures, with rugose oblique interstices in the middle

of the band, punctuation behind the neck very fine, disk and

base smooth, lateral striae complete and distinctly angulate in

the middle behind the neck ; the elytra, stria, humeral ex-

ternal complete, internal short, straight, and basal, 1-3 ob-

lique at base and extending beyond the middle, 4—5 basal and

curved, sutural apical, fine, and reaching beyond the middle,

the elytra posteriorly and the pygidia are rather finely and

not densely punctured; the prosternum, the keel is truncate

anteriorly and widens out a little to the base, the lateral strie

follow the outline of the keel and terminate just before the

base ; the mesosternum has a short rather deep stria on either

side; the mesosternal stria is separate and oblique, and

ee tt ee

new Species of Histeride. 23

reaches halfway down the segment; anterior tibiae 4-dentate,

the basal tooth is very small.

This species is similar to S. semipunctatus, F., rasselas,

Mars., and splendens, Payk. ‘The mesosternal stria is inter-

rupted as in rasselas, but it is not joined to the metasternal

lateral stria. The sutural stria is finer than in any of these

species and the angular course of the marginal thoracic stria

behind the neck also distinguishes it from them all.

Hab. N.W. Australia, Macleay Museum (Lea, 1221).

Saprinus tnversus, Sp. nN.

Breviter ovalis, convexus, ater, nitidus; fronte punctata, haud im-

pressa; pronoto lateribus punctatis; elytris striis dorsalibus

validis, 1-2 ultra medium, 3 utrinque, abbreviatis, suturali cum

4 coeunte nec apicem attingenti; tibiis anticis 9—10-denticulatis.

Long. 52 mill.

Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head punc-

tate, punctures fine before the neck; the thorax punctate

laterally, stria complete; the elytra, strie, inner humeral

short, basal and oblique, 1-2 dorsal nearly equal in length

and reaching beyond the middle, 3 short, discal, with a minute

basal appendage, 4 as long as the second and joined to the

sutural, the last is slightly shortened at the apex, the outer

half of the apical margin is striate; the propygidium and

pygidium are densely punctate in g, 2 with a transverse

sulcus before the apex of the pygidium, sulcus broad and

deep and formed like two connected half-circles, thus WW;

this segment is only punctate before the sulcus; the pro-

sternum, the lateral striz leave the keel at the coxe, and

widening out terminate anteriorly in a fovea; the meso-

sternum is marginate and feebly sinuous in front, and a

straight crenulate stria separates it from the metasternum.

This species is extremely similar to S. aterrimus, Er., but

the fourth dorsal stria is discal and the acumination of the

pygidium between the two parts of the sulcus points towards

the head. In S. aterrimus, Er. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

lil. p. 287, 1889), the acumination is anterior to the sulcus

and points in a reverse direction. In the female of both

species it is only the anterior part of the pygidium which is

densely punctate. In S. aterrimus, Er., the third dorsal stria

is basal and very rudimentary.

Hab. §. Catharina, Brazil.

24 Mr. G. Lewis on

Saprinodes falcifer, Lew.

Saprinodes falcifer, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, viii. p. 395

(1891).

I give a figure of this curious Australian species (fig. 10)

and an enlarged outline showing the form of the anterior

tibia.

Saprinodes falcifer, Lew.

Hypocaceus ainu, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, eneo-niger, nitidus ; fronte obscure rugosa, carina

valida ; pronoto post oculos foveolato; elytris striis 1-4 dorsalibus

dimidiatis, 4 cum suturali arcuatim juncta; pygidio punctato et

transversim rugoso; tibiis anticis valide 4-dentatis.

L. 3 mill.

Oval, convex, coppery black, shining; the head, clypeus

rugose, frontal carina strong and angulate on either side,

upper surface somewhat obscurely and very irregularly rugose,

the rugosities are confined to the anterior half; the thorax is

densely punctured at the sides, with a broad band of punc-

tures along the base and a narrow one behind the neck, disk

feebly punctulate, marginal stria angulate at a fovea behind

the eye and straight behind the neck; the elytra, outer sub-

humeral stria is wanting, inner short and dimidiate with

an appendage split at both ends, striae 1-3 nearly equal

and reaching the middle, 4 as long as the third and joining

the sutural at the base, the surface is punctured only

behind the striw, the sutural stria is not continued along

the apex; the propygidium is densely punctured; the

pygidium is somewhat similarly pointed, but except at the

apex it is transversely rugose; the prosternum is markedly

"

tim > _ gee a

ee (er et Pa) Og ye go

new Species of Histeride. 25

widened triangularly at the base and the strie gradually meet

anteriorly ; the mesosternum is margined anteriorly, with a

transverse crenulate stria at the base; the anterior tibie

4-dentate.

This species is not much like any other species I know.

fi. varians, Sch., a common Japanese species, has no meso-

sternal transverse stria.

Hab. Ishikari River, Yezo. I obtained this species from

a Japanese I sent to collect insects in Central Yezo in 1882.

Hypocaccus rufipes, Payk.

I found an example of this species at Enoshima, near Yoko-

hama, in May 1880. This is the first record of its occurrence

in Japan.

Hypocaccus rubicillie, sp. n.

Ovalis, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis; capite thoraceque im-

punctatis; mesosterno margine late interrupto; tibiis anticis

6-dentatis.

L. 22 mill.

Oval, black, shining, the elytra red, with the scutellar disk

and posterior margins obscurely black; the head and thorax

smooth and impunctate, without striz or sulci, the first has a

well-marked carina, the second a fine marginal stria which

continues in front close along the edge; the elytra finely,

not closely, punctulate apically—strie, external subhumeral

wanting, internal short and apical, with a fine basal oblique

appendage, dorsal 1-3 short, not reaching the middle, very

fine, oblique, and punctate or punctiform, 4 very short and

indicated on the disk by only a few small points, 5 absent,

sutural apical and anteriorly punctiform ; the pygidia are very

evenly and very finely, not densely, punctured; the pro-

sternum, keel narrow, but widening out a little at the base,

strie cariniform, parallel, joining in front and looped together

posteriorly at the widening out of the keel; the mesosternum,

marginal stria somewhat deep and confined to the anterior

angles, it does not join the metasternal stria; the metasternal

stria is oblique and longer than the mesosternal stria; the

first abdominal segment is clearly punctured, but there are

very few points in the central area; the anterior tibiz are

6-dentate and the posterior tarsi are very robust.

This species is remarkable for its coloration, and its head and

thorax are impunctate, like those of Pachylopus dimidiatus,

Ill.

Hab. Nguela, Usambara. In the collection of the Royal

Museum at Brussels and my own.

26 Mr. G. Lewis on

Hypocaccus rubricatus, sp. n.

Parum late ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis ;

fronte punctata, triangulariter carinata ; pronoto marginato, punc-

tato ; elytris striis dorsalibus 2-4 magis abbreviatis, 1 longiore,

4 arcuatim cum suturali juncta, subhumerali externa nulla, interna

brevi, disjuncta ; pygidio eequaliter et sat dense punctato.

L. 22 mill.

Rather widely oval, the elytra behind the shoulders being

a little prominent, black, with the elytra laterally broadly

red, and at and near the humeral angles this colour extends

across the interstices of the first and second striw; the head

evenly and clearly but not very densely punctured, with a

well-marked sinuous carina separating the epistoma from the

head, and being continued behind obliquely meets on the

vertex and thus incloses a triangular space—there are also

carine over the eyes which join the anterior sinuous carina,

these ocular caring are feebly sinuous before the eyes; the

thorax, marginal stria complete, punctuation somewhat

similar to that of the head, but rather more dense in the

regions of the anterior angles and less dense on the disk ;

the elytra, striz, subhumeral internal broken in the middle,

posterior part short, anterior part oblique, external wanting,

first dorsal shortened before the apical margin, incurved at

both ends, second and third incurved at the base and posteriorly

scarcely reaching beyond the middle, fourth very similar to the

third but arched at the base and joined to the sutural, which is

complete, all the dorsal striz are rather strong, the punctuation

is similar to that of the thorax and is confined to the region

between the fourth and sutural stria and to the apical area

behind the second, third, and fourth strie; on the propy-

gidium and pygidium the punctures are closer but similar: the

prosternum triangularly widens out behind the coxe and is

bistriate, strie do not touch the base, but join anteriorly, in

front of the coxe they run close and parallel to each other

along a very narrow keel; the anterior tibia are somewhat

dilated and are 7-denticulate.

This species is not much like any previously descri

it ish to Marseul’s section of Capitan aie ee bis

chevron sur le front.” ‘The prosternal striae before the coxa

are much nearer together than those of H. rugifrons, Payk

Hab. Frere (Natal) ; taken in carrion by Mr. Guy A K

Marshall (no. 1447). het

__

new Species of Histeride. 27

Trypeticus meridianus, sp. n.

Oblongus, cylindricus, niger, nitidus, pedibus rufo-brunneis ; fronte

triangulata, minutissime strigulosa; rostro apice minute bituber-

culato ; pronoto antice arcuatim depresso ; propygidio pygidioque

utrinque bifoveolatis.

L. 33 mill.

?. Oblong, cylindrical, black, shining, legs reddish brown ;

the head, face triangular and slightly concave, rostrum rather

short and terminating in two small tubercles, surface micro-

scopically transversely strigose, with some irregular punctures

on the vertex; the thorax is of the same length as the elytra,

with an arcuate depression behind the neck, punctuation clear

and most dense anteriorly, without a scutellar fovea or punc-

ture, lateral marginal stria well-marked ; the elytra, punctua-

tion less close than that of the thorax ; the propygidium and

pygidium are punctured very similarly to the elytra, and both

have a conspicuous fovea on either side at their bases; the pro-

sternum is a little longer than broad, rectangular, with a mar-

ginal well-marked stria at the sides, and continuing in front but

not along the base, surface irregularly not densely punctured ;

the mesosternum is truncate and immarginate anteriorly,

laterally behind the cox is a shallow rather broad sulcus

with its outer edge raised and turned in anteriorly, surface

rather sparsely but evenly punctured; the metasternum is

punctate like the mesosternum and has a fine median line.

In a second specimen the foveew in the pygidia are more

shallow and less conspicuous.

This species is similar to T. Gestroz, Mars. (which is known

to me by description only), especially in the form of the head

and rostrum. In 7. Gestrot the prosternal strie are continued

along the base and there are no fovee in the pygidia. The

male is unknown at present.

Hab. Lombok, at an altitude of 2000 feet, in September

1896 (H. Fruhstorfer),

Pygocelis usambicus, Kolbe.

Pygocelis usambicus, Kolbe, Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. Col. p. 104 (1897).

I am also much indebted to Herr Kolbe for examples of

this species and for giving mea drawing (fig. 11), here repro-

duced, of his specimen. The surface of the pygidium is

wholly excavated in the male, leaving only a narrow rim as

a posterior margin; in the female the surface of the pygidium

28 On new Species of Histeride.

is concave. This confirms the sexual characters I gave for

Pygocelis (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xx. 1897, p. 364).

Herr Kolbe’s species is highly typical of the genus.

Fig. 11.

Pygocelis usambicus, Kolbe.

Teretriosoma latirostre, sp. n.

Oblongum, cylindricum, nigrum, nitidum, undique sed insequaliter

punctatum ; antennis tibiisque rufo-brunneis ; pygidio convexo ;

mesosterno, stria marginali in medio interrupta, metasternoque

grosse punctatis; tibiis anticis 6-spinosis.

L. 23 mill.

Oblong, cylindrical, black, shining; the head evenly, not

closely, punctured, with a fine but clear carina over the eyes,

nose broad and robust; the thorax, marginal stria laterally

well-marked, fine along the anterior edge, punctuation larger

than that of the head, especially along the base and before

the scutellum, and the punctures are sometimes ocellate; the

elytra have one rather well-defined oblique stria outside the

middle of the base, the dorsal punctures are larger and more

distinctly ocellate than those of the thorax, and in the dorsal

region the interstices are faintly and rather irregularly longi-

tudinally raised; the propygidium is clearly and somewhat

evenly punctured, punctures distinctly ocellate when seen

under the microscope; the pygidium is convex, with the

punctures more sparse and finer on the median area; the

prosternum margined laterally before the coxe and coarsely,

not closely, punctate; the mesosternum, marginal stria fine,

not well-marked, and interrupted in the middle, coarsely

punctured ; the metasternum, lateral stria curved anteriorly,

turning towards the suture, and not joined to the mesosternal

stria, punctures most scattered in the median region; the

first segment of the abdomen has smaller and closer punctures,

‘The antenne are reddish brown, also the tibie and tarsi,

femora darker; the anterior tibia are 6-, intermediate 5-,

posterior 4—5-spinose.

—_—= 7

ee

8

On Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 29

This species differs from the others I am acquainted with

in having a broader nose, and the anterior tibiz are spinose

rather than dentate.

Hab. Brownville, Texas (Wickham). One example.

Epiechinus tasmani, sp. n.

Orbicularis, convexus, subnitidus, niger, setosus; antennis rufis;

fronte in medio carinata, utrinque punctata; pronoto utrinque

bicarinato; elytris 6-costatis ; propygidio utrinque late impresso ;

pygidio irregulariter punctato.

L. 132 mill.

Nearly circular in outline, convex, somewhat shining,

black and setose ; antennee wholly red, thighs red on the inner

surface; the head, there is a well-marked median carina and

one on either side of it midway between it and the lateral

margin ; the thorax, the lateral edge is carinate and there is

an inner carina parallel to it, with a rather wide interstice

between them, behind the neck are four short carine ; -the

elytra, the outer margin, one humeral stria and first dorsal

stria are strongly carinate, and there are two others and a

sutural less elevated; the propygidium is transversely and

widely impressed on either side, the impressions nearly

meeting in the middle; the pygidium has one or two very

large punctures and smaller ones mostly differing in size from

one another; the prosternum, anterior lobe with large deep

punctures, keel wide, with lateral striae hamate anteriorly,

surface of keel with a few small irregular points; the meso-

sternum widely bisinuous, sternal pits shallow and widen out

transversely before and behind; the metasternum has round

punctures much larger than those of the mesosternum, and

most numerous in the median area, along the edge behind the

sternal fovea is a strong carina.

Hab, Cairus, New South Wales, from the Macleay Museum

(Lea, 1233). It is probable that many species of this genus

occur in Australia.

1].—Lhynchotal Notes.—Heteroptera: Scutellerine and

Graphosomine. By W. L. Distant.

HAVING commenced the rearrangement, with large incorpora-

tions, of the fine collection of Rhynchota in the British

Museum, the work of the late Francis Waiker naturally calls

for revision, which I have attempted in this paper so far as

30 Mr. W. L. Distant on

the Scutellerine and Graphosomine are concerned. All

Walker’s species which relate to these two subfamilies are

reviewed in the following pages. I have also had all West-

wood’s types which he described in the ‘ Hope Catalogue’

before me as I worked through the species. Some new

species and genera are described.

Walker’s type-specimens missing from the collection call

for some remark. These disappearances, however, are not

confined to the Rhynchota. Dr. Butler appears to have found

similar Jacune in the Zygenide. Writing on this subject

(Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xii. p. 402, 1876) he remarks:—

“Mr. Walker comes one day and describes a new species ;

but, owing to the lateness of the hour, or some other cause,

omits to label it as a type; the next time he comes to the

collection he continues his MS., and, finding this species

without a label, forthwith redescribes it. This will, I think,

account for several instances which I have noticed of

evidently the same species described twice over in consecutive

pages of Walker’s Catalogues.” Again (loc. cit. p. 432) :—

““ He neglected to label his type, it got mixed up with the

other Arctiide in the collection ; and the label appeared in the

cabinet with no specimen to represent Walker’s species.”

One other reason may be predicated. He never labelled the

specimens; he was an industrious though, it must be added,

reckless describer, and it seems probable that when he some-

times discovered his mistakes he shifted the specimens to

more proper positions and maintained a discreet silence as to

the process. Hence the specimens are doubtless in thie

collection, but in other places and under other names.

ScurELLERIN.

Genus COLEOTICHUS.

Coleotichus excellens, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 3 (1867).

The three specimens on which Walker founded his species

were unlocalized, and “ patria ignota” appears against the

name in the catalogue of Lethierry and Severin. The

British Museum now possesses a specimen from Queensland,

and my own collection contains one from Samoa.

A character generally present, and found in two of the

three typical specimens of Walker, is a small but distinet

Jevigate ochraceous spot near each basal angle of the scu-

tellum, which also possesses three or four small black spots—

two transversely placed and wide apart before middle, and

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 31

two close together (sometimes only one) on the slight central

keel about one third before apex. The pronotum also pos-

sesses two small black spots situate a little before anterior

margin.

Coleotichus borealis, sp. n.

Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely punctate; margins of

the head and pronotum stramineous, inwardly demarcated

with metallic green punctures on the head, very obscurely

so and only near anterior margin of the pronotum. Scu-

tellum with a distinct levigate stramineous spot near each

basal angle, and with a few very small discal black spots,

situate two close together on each side before middle and two,

also close together, on central median line about one third

before apex. Corium with a dark metallic olivaceous sub-

costal margin. Body beneath, legs, and antenne pale

ochraceous. Pronotum with two small black spots a little

before anterior margin.

Long. 17-19 millim. ; exp. pronot. angle 10 millim.

Hab. Formosa, Lak-ku-li (Hulst). Two specimens (Brit.

Mus.).

This species is closely allied to the Australian C. excellens,

Walk., both in size and markings. It is separated, however,

by the different coloration—ochraceous, not ferruginous—by

the broader, more gibbous, and posteriorly less attenuated

body, uniform colour of the sternum, &c. This is the most

northern species of the genus yet described.

Coleotichus fuscus.

Coleotichus fuscus, Vollenh. Faun, Ind. Neerl. i. p. 59 (1863).

Coleotichus sordidus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 1. n. 4 (1867).

DAMELIA, gen. noy.

Body short, about one and a half times as long as broad,

gibbous, deflexed towards head and apex of abdomen. Head

almost twice as broad as long, lateral margins moderately

sinuated, apex rounded ; antenne of five joints, second and

third joints almost equal in length. Pronotum with the

anterior margin moderately concave, lateral margins obliquely

convex and laminate, basal margin in front of scutellum

nearly straight. Scutellum with a large but faint circular

impression on each side near base. Sternum with a central

canal, the edges of which are raised.

I have placed this genus near Steganocerus.

32 Myr. W. L. Distant on

Damelia circultferus.

Spherocoris circuliferus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 7. n. 18 (1857).

Australia (Damel’s coll.).

Genus SPHAROCORIS.

Spherocoris ocellatus.

Tetyra ocellata, Klug, Symb. v. pl. xliii. figs. 1-3 (1834).

This species is generally distributed throughout South and

East Africa. The British Museum contains specimens from

Angola, from which locality also comes the West-African

species S. annulus. ‘This is the only locality known to the

writer in which both species occur.

Spherocoris annulus.

Cimex annulus, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 697 (1775).

Spherocoris annularis, Westw. in Hope, Cat. Hem. i. p. 13 (1837).

This truly West-African species, like others from the same

area, seems gradually spreading eastwards across the con-

tinent. In the British Museum is a specimen collected by

Mr. Scott Elhot in the district between Salt Lake and

Wawamba Country in Kast Central Africa.

Spherocoris pecilus, Dallas, List Hem. Ins. i. p. 9 (1851).

This species, originally described from Gambia and re-

described by Stal from Nubia, was found by Mr. Scott Elliot

in the same district of East Central Africa as S. annulus.

Genus ASOLENIDIUM.

Asolenidium unicolor.

Spherocoris? unicolor, Dallas, List Hem. Ins. i. p. 7 (1851).

Var. flavonotatus.

Spherocoris ? flavonotatus, Dallas, loc. cit. p. 7.

Var. olivaceus, nov.

Above dark uniform olivaceous, beneath piceous; head

beneath, prosternum, and femora dull castaneous; tibiz and

tarsi piceous,

Hab. West Africa, Cameroon Mts. (Brit. Mus.).

Seutellerine and Graphosomine. 33

Genus HYPERONCUS.

Hyperoncus cyaneosparsus.

Spherocoris eyaneosparsus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 6. n. 17 (1867).

Genus CANTAO.

Cantao rudis.

Cantao rudis, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 60 (1863).

Cantao inscitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 506 (1868).

Cantao conscitus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 507.

Genus TECTOCORIS.

Tectocoris lineola.

Cimex lineola, Fabr. Spec. ii. p. 340 (1781).

Tectocoris pusillus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 18 (1867).—Appertains to the

variety Banksi, Don.

Tectocoris ubliquus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 13.—A variety near that known

under the name of diophthalmus, Thunb.

Tectocoris amboinensis.

The typical specimen on which this species was founded

is destroyed, only the “ head” being now contained in the

National Collection. From the description it seems clearly

to have been nothing but a variety of T. lineola, Fabr., var.

cyanipes, Fabr., and may therefore be erased from our

nomenclature.

Genus PacILocorIs.

Pecilocoris Hardwicki.

Tectocoris Hardwicki, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 13 (1837).

A specimen of this species, originally in the Hast-Indian

Museum and now contained in the National Collection, has

the following label attached:—‘ Tea-shrubs at Tengrac

(Feb. 24, 1836); said to infect the plant particularly.—Near

Boutan.”

Pecilocoris Hardwicki, Westw. (supra).

Pecilocoris anisospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9 (1867).

Walker’s type is a small specimen of the above species

appertaining to the variety affinis, Westw.

Pwoilocoris plenisignatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9. n. 13

(1867).

The specimen on which this species was founded is no

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 3

34 Mr. W. L. Distant on 7

longer in its place in the British Museum. It is possible

that Walker may have discovered an error and relegated the

“species” to some other and more proper place. At all

events, it must be considered as non-existent and has to be

erased from our nomenclature.

Pecilocoris purpurascens, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 14

(1837). :

Abundantly distinct from P. cnterruptus, Westw. (loc. cit.

p- 14), and is not a synonym of that species as enumerated

in the ‘Cat. Gén. des Hémiptéres’ of Lethierry and Severin

(p. 20).

Genus CHa:ROCORIS.

Cherocoris paganus.

Cimex paganus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 698 (1775).

Attached to a specimen in the National Collection received

from the Wilson-Saunders collection, and localized New

South Wales, is the following note:—“ This species is fossorial

in soft sandstone. All this lot were taken in such a state,

and the remains of the pupe were in the holes.”

Cherocoris similis, sp. n.

In markings above almost exactly similar to C. variegatus,

Dall., but the ground-colour is stramineous and not bright

red. Beneath stramineous; head and sternum with sub-

marginal black lines; abdomen with a single marginal row

of angulated black spots. Legs stramineous, streaked with

black.

The body is very much narrower and more elongate than

in C. vartegatus, and the rostrum extends almost halfwa

across the basal segment of the abdomen, while in Dallas’s

species it about only reaches its base.

Long. 10 millim.

Hab. Australia, Adelaide. Type, Brit. Mus.

Genus ‘TETRARTHRIA.

Tetrarthria variegata.

Tetrarthria variegata, Dall. List Hem. Ins, i. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 1 (1851).

Var. Tetrarthria lateralis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 21 (1867).

Var. Tetrarthria congrua, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20.

This is a most variable species, and it is more than probable

that some of those enumerated below as species are also

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 35

but forms of T. variegata. More material, however, seems

necessary before further union is attempted.

Tetrarthria varia.

Tetrarthria varia, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 18 (1867).

Var. Tetrarthria lineata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18.

Tetrarthria maculata.

Tetrarthria maculata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 22 (1867).

Tetrarthria basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23.

Genus BRACHYAULAX.

Brachyaulax oblonga.

Tectocoris oblonga, Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 14 (1837).

Scutellera cyaneovitta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 16 (1867).

Scutellera maculigera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16.

Scutellera pubescens, Walk. loc. cit. iil. p. 507 (1868).

Var. Scutellera buprestoides, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 16 (1867).

Genus PHILTA.

Philia femorata.

Calhidea femorata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 38, n. 49 (1867).

Callidea curtula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n, 54.

Callidea collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 40. n. 56.

Var. Callidea aureocineta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. n. 58.

These may all subsequently prove to be varieties of

P. senator, Fabr., but they are distinct from that species in

coloration; and whereas the typical P. senator appears to be

almost confined to Australia, P. femorata and its variety are

dominant in the eastern portion of the Malay Archipelago,

though specimens have been received from Somerset, Cape

York Peninsula.

Philia subapicalis.

Callidea subapicalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 36. n. 45 (1867).

A species of considerably larger size than P. femorata, to

which in other respects it is very closely related, and alto-

gether distinct from C. munda and C. spilogastra, to which

Walker allies it. The basal two of the five golden-green

spots to the scutellum described by Walker are very in-

distinct, Possibly another large form of P. senator.

3%

36 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Philia ditissima.

Callidea ditissima, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 26, pl. il. fig. 5

(1863). é ¢

Callidea cresus, Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. v. Entom. xii. p. 259, pl. xi.

fiz. e (1869).

Callidea flammigera, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 42. n. 59 (1867); var. loc.

cit. iii. p. 512 (1868).

Philia fastuosa.

Callidea fastuosa, Vollenhoven, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 26 (1863).

Callidea fulgida, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 36, n. 46 (1867).

Callidea solita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 47.

Callidea discoidalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. n. 57.

Stal (En. Hem. iii. p. 15), comparing this species with

P. ditissima, remarks :—‘‘ Limbus_flavescens ventris an-

gustior quam in speciebus precedentibus.” The margin to

the abdomen is, however, variable, being as wide as in

ditissima in the specimens Walker described under the name

of (. solita, and narrowing in other specimens till the

margin is practically obsolete.

Philia jactator.

Callidea jactator, St&l, CEfv. Vet.-Ak, Férh. 1854, p. 281; loc. cit.

1856, p. 52. 2.

Callidea gloriosa, Vollenh. Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 35. n. 32, pl. iii. fig. 5

(1863).

Callidea munda, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 87. n. 48 (1867).

Callidea sulaca, W alk. loc. cit. p. 42. n. 60.

Philia balteata.

Callidea balteata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 34, n. 40 (1867).

Callidea latefasciata, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ii. p. 175 (1868) ;

Tijdschr. v. Ent. xii. p. 257, pl. xi. fig. d (1869).

Walker’s type was from New Guinea.

Philia distinguenda.

Callidea distinguenda, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 514 (1868).

Philia erythrina.

Callidea erythrina, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p, 44. n. 64 (1867).

Philia leucocyanea, Montrouzier, Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat. d’Agric.

sér. 2, vil. 1, p. 95 (1855).

This species appears to be of a variable nature, judging

from some Solomon-Islands specimens in the British Museum.

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 37

Var. a (typical).—Duke of York’s Island (coll. Dist.).

Var. b.—Pronotum wholly black, excepting lateral areas.

Solomon Islands.

Var. c.—As in var. a, but with the legs wholly cyaneous.

Solomon Islands.

Var. d—Wholly purplish black above, but with the posterior

lateral marginal ochraceous coloration to the pronotum.

Femora ochraceous, with their apices cyaneous. Solomon

Islands.

Var. e—Wholly purplish black above. Femora ochraceous,

their apices concolorous. New Britain.

Philia Woodjfordi, sp. n.

Bright metallic bronzy green; head, lateral margins of

pronotum, and basal half of scutellum emerald-green ; central

lobe and basal margin of head, anterior marginal area of

pronotum, basal callosity, and two large fused spots on apical

area of scutellum purplish black; extreme apex of scutellum

bronzy green. Body beneath emerald-green; areas of the

odoriferous apertures and basal margins of the abdominal

segments black. Coxe, trochanters and femora, and lateral

margins of the abdomen ochraceous. Antenne piceous, first

and second joints ochraceous; rostrum piceous, basal joint

ochraceous.

Pronotum and scutellum coarsely punctate ; abdomen be-

neath finely wrinkled and sparingly punctate, its ochraceous

lateral margin entire.

Long. 11-12 millim.

Hab. Solomon Islands (Woodford; Brit. Mus.).

Genus CALLIPHARA.

Calliphara praslinia, Guér. (Scutellera), Voy. Coq., Ins.

pp. 158 & 160, pl. xi. fig. 3 (1830).

Tetrarthria sobria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 21. n. 10 (1867).

Tetrarthria nigra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16.

Callidea ebenina, Walk. loc. cit. p 39. n. 52.

Calliphara bifasciata.

Callidea (Calliphara) bifasciata, White, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. iii.

p. 85 (1842).

Callidea quadrifera, Walker, Cat. Het. iii. p. 514 (1868).

38 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Calliphara excellens.

Tetyra excellens, Burm. Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xvi., Suppl. i. p. 287,

pl. xli. fig. 2 (1834).

Tectocoris obscura, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 11 (1887).

Calliphara regalis.

Cimex regalis, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 697 (1775).

Callidea erythrospila, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 33. n. 38 (1867).

Callidea semirufa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 39.

Callidea biplaga, Walk. loc. cit. p, 34. n. 42.

Calliphara quadrinotata.

Callidea quadrinotata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p, 38. n. 51 (1867).

Var. a (typical)—Pronotum purplish; scutellum luteous,

with four purplish spots.

Var. b.—Pronotum purplish red, with dark bluish spots ;

scutellum purplish red, with four bluish spots, and the

apex also of the same colour. New Guinea (Brit. Mus.).

Var. c.— Pronotum resplendent green, with bluish-black spots ;

scutellum with seven blackish spots. Admiralty Islands

(Brit. Mus.).

Allied to C. eximiza, Vollenh.

Calliphara flagrans.

_ Tetrarthria flagrans, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 24. n. 19 (1867).

Genus CHRYSOCORIS.

Chrysocoris atricapillus.

Scutellera atricapilla, Guérin, Voy. Coq., Ins. p. 156 (1830),

Pecilocoris melanocephalus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 10. n. 16 (1867).

Var. Callidea variabilis, Vollenh, Faun. Ind. Neerl. i. p. 22, pl. i. fig. 9

(1863).

Calliidea ampla, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 35. n, 44 (1867),

Chrysocoris coralis.

Callidea covalis, Stil, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4) iv. p. 47 (1864).

Callidea tessellata, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 38. n. 50 (1867).

Callidea proxima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 58,

Chrysocoris spilogastra.

Calltidea spilogastra, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 80. n, 22 (1867).

Scutellerinee and Graphosomine. 39

Chrysocoris Stollit.

Cimex Stollii, Wolff, Ic. ii. p. 48, fig. 45 (1801).«

Callidea porphyricola, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 29. n. 19 (1867).

Chrysocoris peltophoroides.

Tetrarthria peltophoroides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 22. n. 13 (1867).

Callidea celebensis, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. (2) ii. p. 175 (1868) ;

Tijdschr. voor Ent. xii. p. 258, pl. xi. fig. ¢ (1869).

Chrysocoris Germart,

Seutellera Germari, Eschsch, Entomogr. i. p. 100. 73, pl. ii. fig. 2

(1822).

Var. Callidea consul, Vollenh. Faun, Ind. Neer!, i. p. 36. n. 1 (1863).

Callidea jucunda, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p, 44. n. 66 (1867).

Chrysocoris melanophora.

Callidea melanophora, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 513 (1868).

Callidea sodalis, Walk. loc. ett. p. 513.

Chrysocoris purpureus.

Callidea purpurea, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 15 (1837).

Chrysocoris viridis, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Heter. ii. p. 175 (1887).

Chrysocoris partita.

Callidea partita, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 40. n. 55 (1867).

Var. Callidea galerucoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 45. n. 61.

Genus LAMPROCORIS.

Lamprocoris lateralis.

Scutellera lateralis, Guér. Voy. Coq., Ins. pp 159, 160 (1830).

Callidea contraria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 380. n. 21 (1867).

Lamprocoris Roylit.

Callidea Roylit, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 16 (1837).

Callidea histeroides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 28. n. 16 (1867).

Callidea scripta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 17.

Callidea gibbula, Walk. loc, cit. p. 29. n. 18.

Genus CRYPTACRUS.

Cryptacrus rufopicta.

Callidea rufopicta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 26. n. 2 (1867).

40 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus GRAPTOCORIS.

Graptocoris aulicus.

Pachycoris aulicus, Germ. in Silberm. Rev. v. p. 189 (1837).

Var. Cherocoris personatus, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1853, p. 210.

Cryptacrus s‘gnifer, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 11. n. 3 (1867).

Graptocoris grandis, sp. n.

Orange-yellow ; head, antenne, two very large discal

spots to pronotum (extending from base to near anterior

margin, only slightly separated and nearly occupying the

whole of disk), scutellum with two small spots near base,

two large and fused transverse spots at centre, and two similar

spots before apex, costal margin of corium and apex of mem-

brane, sternum (excluding lateral margins of prosternum and

base of metasternum), large central and marginal spots to

abdomen, and the legs bluish black.

Body broad, somewhat transversely flattened, sparingly

and finely punctate.

Long. 17 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 11 millim.

Hab. Central Africa: Yambuya, River Aruwimi (Stanley

Expedition). Coll. Dist.

Genus CALLIDEA.

Callidea purpurascens.

Libyssa purpurascens, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 509 (1868).

Libyssa Westwoodi, Vollenh. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii. p. 175

(1868).

Genus CALLISCYTA.

Calliscyta australis, sp. n.

Head dark indigo-blue, apices of the lateral lobes reddish ;

eyes ochraceous. Pronotum castaneous, with dark indigo

shadings and with a central longitudinal irregular yellowish

fascia. Scutellum castaneous, dark and shaded with blue on

basal area, paler and ochraceous at apical area; a short

oblique curved yellow fascia at each basal angle and two

rounded blackish spots before apex. Head beneath and

sternum dark indigo-blue; legs castaneous; cox and tro-

chanters ochraceous. Abdomen sanguineous, with a lateral

series of transverse stigmatal spots and a large subapical spot

bluish black.

Head finely punctate; pronotum and basal two thirds

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 41

of scutellum coarsely punctate. Antenne and rostrum

mutilated.

Long. 13 millim.

Hab. Queensland. (Type, Brit. Mus.)

Genus MACRAULAX.

This genus, which Dallas founded on two Australian

specimens which he identified, and as | can only consider

correctly, as the Pachycoris bipunctatus, H.-Schiff., is now

generally sunk as a synonym of the genus Tetyra, and

Herr.-Schiffer’s name applied to a Central and North-

American species. I have searched the record-book of the

British Museum, and no doubt seems to exist that Dallas’s

specimens came from Australia and formed part of ‘f Harring-

ton’s collection.” On the other hand, these specimens agree

with Stal’s description of Texan and Mexican species he

examined, viz.:—‘‘ Rostro paullo pone medium ventris ex-

tenso ; ventre ultra medium sulcato.” It is, however, more

than unlikely that the same species is found in both Central

America and Australia, and nowhere else.

Genus PACHYCORIS.

Pachycoris chrysomelinus.

Pachycoris chrysomelinus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 52. n. 88 (1867).

Genus POLYTES.

Polytes propinquus.

Pachycoris propinquus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 50. n. 30 (1867).

Polytes inca, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; head with four longitudinal black fascia, two

central and a short one on the inner side of each eye; pro-

notum with three double series of black spots, between which

series are some smaller black spots arranged in linear manner,

some similar spots near lateral margin; scutellum with irre-

gular black markings, consisting principally of three large

basal spots and a waved transverse fascia across disk, the

remaining area with small spots and streaks of the same

colour. Margins of corium spotted with black. Body be-

neath and legs pale ochraceous; head with a lateral streak in

front of each eye, some marginal spots to prosternum, femoral

and tibial streaks, tarsi, apex of rostrum, and a sublateral

series of stigmatal spots to abdomen black. Antenne with

42 Mr. W. L. Distant on

the three basal joints black, first ochraceous at base, remaining

joints mutilated. Rostrum reaching the third abdominal

segment.

Long. 10 millim.; lat. 7 millim.

Hab. Peru (coll. Dist.).

Polytes granulatus.

Symphylus granulatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 516 (1868).

I place this species in the genus Folytes, though Stal’s

diagnosis of that genus is very obscure. In his original

description (C2fv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1867, p. 492) he gives the

type (‘‘ Pachycoris hebraicus, P. B., ad hoc genus est refe-

rendus”’). But in his subsequent ‘ Enumeratio Hemipte-

rorum,’ i. p. 10, he places hebraicus in the genus Diolcus,

Mayr. Both genera stand in his ‘ Enumeratio,’ and no

further explanation is given.

Genus ASCANIUS.

Ascanius cassidoides.

Pachycoris cassidoides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 48. n. 16 (1867).

Genus ACHATES.

Achates trinotatus.

Pachycoris trinotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. 1. ow n. 35 (1867).

Achates ramosus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch.-Het. Suppl. p. 311,

Achates vittatus.

Symphylus vittatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 55. n. 10 (1867).

Achates leucotelus.

Pachycoris leucotelus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 52. n. 36 (1867).

Achates neotropicalis, sp. n.

Ochraceous, spotted and striped with castaneous.

Head sparingly and coarsely punctate; two castaneous

spots at base; eyes castaneous, apical half of central lobe

and the antenne black. Pronotum coarsely and sparingly

punctate, with the lateral angles and five central fascie casta-

neous, of which the outermost on each side is bent and does

not reach the anterior margin. Scutellum coarsely and

sparingly punctate, with two central longitudinal fascie, on

each of which is a broken fascia consisting of three spots and

Scutellerinee and Graphosomine. 43

a basal sublateral fascia castaneous. Body beneath and legs

pale ochraceous; abdomen dark castaneous, its disk pitchy,

its lateral and apical margins ochraceous. Rostrum reaching

the posterior coxe.

Long. 7 millim.

Hab. Amazons, Madeira River (coll. Dist.).

Genus ORSILOCHUS.

Orsilochus divergens.

Symphylus divergens, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 516 (1868).

Genus DIOLCUS.

Dioleus Boscit.

Cimex Boscit, Fabr. Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 529. 27, 28 (1798).

Symphylus politus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 518 (1868).

Walker’s type is in a mutilated condition, wanting the

abdomen. It seems, however, to pertain to the Fabrician

species.

Genus DystTUs.

Dystus scitulus.

Agonosoma scitula, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 60. n. 9 (1867),

Genus AGONOSOMA.

Agonosoma trilineata.

Cimex trilineatus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 341 (1781).

Agonosoma flavolineata, Uhler (nec Lap.), Proc. Zoul. Soc. 1894, p. 169.

The specimens identified by Mr. Uhler as A. flavolineata,

and which are now in the collection of the British Museum,

are typical A. trilineata, Fabr. No specimens of Laporte’s

species were in any of the Antillean collections worked by

Mr. Uhler. The two specimens described as A. trilineata,

var. (loc. cit. p. 170), are the varietal form quadriguttata,

Sign.

Genus LOBOTHYREUS.

Lobothyreus lobatus.

Pachycoris lobata, Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 12 (1837).

Pachycoris apicalis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 50. n. 82 (1867).

Symphylus signatus, Walk. loc. ett. iii, p. 517 (1868).

44 - Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus SPHYROCORIS.

Sphyrocoris obliquus.

Pachycoris obliquus, Germar, Zeitschr. i. p. 94 (1839).

Pachycoris delineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 48. n. 17 (1867).

Genus SYMPHYLUS.

Symphylus deplanatus.

Pachycoris deplanatus, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. iv. p. 3, fig. 844 (1889).

Symphylus apicifer, Walk. Cat. Het. iii, p. 516 (1868).

Symphylus bipustulatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 517.

Symphylus rivulosus.

Pachycoris rivulosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 51. n. 34 (1867).

Symphylus plagiatus, Walk. loe, et. p. 55, n. 11,

Symphylus cyphnoides.

Pachycoris cyphnoides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 50. n. 31 (1867).

Symphylus vernus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch,-Het. Suppl. p. 315,

pl. xxix. fig. 25 (1889).

Symphylus leucospilus.

Pachycoris leucospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 51. n. 33 (1867).

Symphylus obtusus.

Symphylus obtusus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 87 (1851).

Symphylus gibbosus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch.-Het. p. 23, pl. iii.

fig. 2 (1880).

Although I carefully compared the Mexican specimen be-

longing to Dr. Signoret with the single type specimen of

Dallas from Colombia before describing it as a new species,

another specimen has been received from Panama, and

although the size of the specimens differ and, by implication,

also the shape, I think they are better united as one species.

Symphylus divergens.

Symphylus divergens, Walk. Cat. Het. ili. p. 517 (1868).

The single type specimen is in very bad condition, but

seemingly appertains to the genus Symphylus.

Note.-—Walker described two different species under the

above name on consecutive pages of his Vist. The first

(p. 516) is an Orsilochus, the second (supra) is apparently a

Symphylus.

Scutellerinee and Graphosomine. 45

Genus 'TESTRINA.

Testrina, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 61 (1867).

This genus may be placed near Galeacius, Dist.

Testrina laticollis.

Testrina laticollis, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 61 (1867).

Genus CAMIRUS.

Camirus conicus.

Pachycoris conicus, Germ. Zeitschr. i. p. 106 (1839).

Symphylus oculatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 519 (1868).

Camirus brevilineus.

Bolbocoris brevilineus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 63. n. 8 (1867).

Genus HoTea.

Hotea subfasciata.

Trigonosoma subfasciatum, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 11 (1837).

Hotea melanaria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 56. n. 3 (1867).

Hotea nigrorufa.

Hotea nigrorufa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 6 (1867).

Hotea circumeincta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 8 (1867).

The type is no longer contained under this name in the

British Museum. It was described as from Penang, where

H. curculionotdes, Uerr.-Schiff., is the common species.

Walker most probably corrected himself without comment.

Hotea curculionoides.

Pachycoris curculionoides, Herr.-Schatf. Wanz. Ins. iii. p. 106, fig. 331

(1835).

Hotea nasuta, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 58. n. 9 (1867),

Genus DEROPLAX.

Deroplax diffusa.

Hotea? diffusa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 57. n. 7 (1867).

Genus PHIMODERA.

Phimodera torpida.

Phimodera torpida, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 75, n. 4 (1867).

46 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus EURYGASTER.

Eurygaster sinicus.

Eurygaster sinicus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 67. n. 9 (1867).

Genus MAcrOcARENUS.

Macrocarenus scutellatus, sp. n.

Dull ochraceous, scutellum narrowly margined with pale

luteous. Head faintly rugulose, the central lobe and the

outer margins of the lateral lobes a little darker in hue; eyes

fuscous ; antenne brownish ochraceous. Pronotum some-

what thickly and finely punctate, basal area shaded with pale

fuscous ; two large transverse foveate callosities on anterior

area; posterior lateral angles subprominent and somewhat

nodulose. Scutellum testaceous at base and with a small

yellowish spot near.each basal angle; the testaceous area is

slightly rugulose, basal angles and whole central area coarsely

and darkly punctate. Corium sparingly but coarsely and

darkly punctate. Connexivum thickly, finely, and darkly

punctate, its extreme outer margin pale luteous, the seg-

mental incisures fuscous. Body beneath and legs pale

luteous; abdomen and legs speckled with brownish. Ros-

trum reaching the posterior coxe.

Long. 6 millim.,

Hab. Australia, Peak Downs (coll. Dist.).

Less elongate, more convex, and different in coloration to

M. acuminatus, Dall., the only other at present described

species of the genus.

Genus AUGOCORIS.

Augocoris rugulosus.

Augocoris rugulosus, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. iv. p. 92, fig. 432 (1839).

Pachycoris quadristriga, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 52. n. 87 (1867).

Genus MELANODEMA.

Melanodema apictfera, sp. n.

Black ; apex of the scutellum with a very distinct irregular,

longitudinal, pale ochraceous spot. Pronotum and scutellum

with a distinct central, longitaaihial? carinate line. ,

Allied to M. carbonaria, Jakowleff, but larger; apical pale

spot to scutellum much larger; pronotum less foveate;

scutellum much less foveate at basal margin; central carina

to pronotum and scutellum distinct.

Long. 9 millim.

Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith, coll. Dist.).

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 47

A single specimen contained in Dr. Leith’s Indian collec-

tion has been in my possession for the last twenty years, and

I have refrained from describing it on account of the imperfect

condition of the legs and antenne. As, however, the only

other species of the genus is from Turkestan, it seems a pity

to still refrain from recording its Oriental congener.

MorBORA, gen. nov.

Allied to Odontoscelis, but body more convex; lateral

margins of head and pronotum strongly and longly spinous.

Head with the eyes sessile, its frontal and apical lateral

margins longly spinous; between the eyes and this anterior

spinous margin is a distinct lateral peduncle with its extre-

mity spinous; lateral lobe moderately convex and elevated.

Pronotum with the lateral margins laminate and longly

spinous, acutely truncate before the eyes. Abdomen with

the lateral margins shortly spinous ; abdomen beneath with

an oblique sericeous patch on each side and situate on the

third, fourth, and fifth segments. Rostrum reaching the

posterior coxe.

Morbora australis, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; head coarsely and darkly punctate,

with a central ochraceous fascia more or less margined with

black; pronotum with its anterior area somewhat irregularly

foveate, its posterior area a little paler and darkly punctate.

Scutellum thickly and coarsely punctate. Body beneath and

legs brownish ochraceous; abdomen with a dull black seri-

ceous patch on each side of disk ; femora with an ochraceous

spot beneath a little before apex.

Long. 6 millim.

Hab. Australia, Peak Downs (coll. Dist.).

GRAPHOSOMINZ.

Genus ‘'RIGONOSOMA.

Trigonosoma Fischert.

Trigonosoma Fischeri, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. ix. p. 331 (1853).

Trigonosoma Desfontainit, Dall. (nec Fabr.) List Hem. i. p. 46. n. 1

(1851).

Trigonosoma falcata, Walk. (nee Cyrillo) Cat. Het.i. p. 64. n. 1 (1867).

Trigonosoma Fischert, Walk. loc. cit. p. 65. n. 5.

Trigonosoma confusum, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiy. p. 77

(1891).

Ceylon is certainly a wrong locality for this species.

48 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Genus BoLBocorIs.

Bolbocoris reticulatus.

Bolbocoris ? reticulatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 45. n. 2 (1851).

Eurygaster incomptus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 67. n. 10 (1867).

Genus ANCYROSOMA.

Ancyrosoma affine.

Trigonosoma affine, Westw. in Hope Cat. Hem. i. p. 12 (1837).

Closely allied to A. albolineata, Fabr., but with the second

longitudinal carina on each half of the scutellum nearly

straight, not strongly waved.

Genus Popops.

Podops limosa.

Podops limosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 72. n. 17 (1867).

Walker appends to his description the remark :—“ The

colour distinguishes it from P. niger (Dall.), with which it

agrees in structure.” This is totally incorrect, the P. niger,

Dall., having the lateral margins of the pronotum convexly

sinuate and reflexed. In structure P. limosa resembles

P. coarctata, Walk., but can be recognized by some longitu-

dinal series of punctures to the scutellum.

Podops coarctata.

Cimex coarctatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 530 (1798).

Scotinophara coarctata, Atkins, Notes Ind. Rhynch. Heter. ii. p. 195

(1887).

Podops spinosus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 73. n. 18 (1867).

Podups nasalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 19.

Podops exacta, Walk. loc, cit. p. 74. n. 24.

Podops spinifera.

Podops spinifera, Westw. in Hope, Cat. Hem. i. B 16 (1837).

Podops funestus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 521 (1868).

Podops asper, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 72. n. 10 (1867).

This species is founded on two specimens; the condition

of both, however, is so deplorable that at present nothing

definite can be said as to specific validity or generic correctness,

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 49

Podops conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 71 (1867).

Does not belong to the Graphosomine at all, and will be

located subsequently.

Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species.

Scutellerine and Graphosominz.

Genera considered valid.

Fitha, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 45 (1867).

Testrina, Walk. loc, cit. p. 61.

Testrica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 69.

Genera treated as synonymic.

Sophela, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 17 (1867),= Lamprocoris, Stal.

Teressa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 1138, = Brachycerocoris, Custa.

Species considered valid and described under correct Genera.

Coleotichus nigrovarius, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 2. n. 5 (1867),

discrepans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 2. n. 7.

excellens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 3. n. 8.

Spherocoris annulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 6. n. 14.

Pecilocoris saturatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 10. n. 17.

Tetrarthria varia, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 1.

flexuosa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 12.

maculata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 14.

amena, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 508 (1868).

Fitha ardens, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 45. n. 1 (1867).

Pachycoris chrysomelinus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 52. n. 33.

Symphylus divergens, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 517 (1868).

ramivitta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 518.

Hotea nigrorufa, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 57. n. 6 (1867).

Testrina laticollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 61.

Eurygaster sinicus, Walk. luc. eit. p. 67. n. 9.

Testrica antica, Walk. loc. cit. p. 70.

Phimodera torpida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 75. n. 4.

|

Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.

Spherocoris cyaneosparsus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 6. n. 17 (1867), belongs

to gen. Hyperoncus.

circuliferus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 7. n. 18, belongs to gen. Damelia,

gen. nov. 4

Téetrarthria fasciata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 9, belongs to gen. Calliphara.

peltophoroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 22. n. 13, 2 Chrysocoris.

flagrans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n. 1, belongs to gen. Calliphara.

Libyssa purpurascens, Walk. loc, cit. iii. p. 509 (1868), belongs to gen.

Callidea.

Callidea rufopicta, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 26. n. 2 (1867), belongs to gen.

Cryptacrus.

— spilogastra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 30. n. 22, belongs to gen. Chrysocoris,

balteata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 40, belongs to gen. Phila.

subapicalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 45, - ,

femorata, Walk, loc. cit. p. 38. n. 49, is a

Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 4

50 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Callidea quadrinotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 38. n. 51, belongs to gen. Calh-

hara.

pore Walk. doe. cit. p. 40. n. 55, belongs to gen. Chrysocoris.

erythrina, Walk, loc. cit. p. 44. n. 64, a Philia.

melanophora, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 518 (18C8), belongs to gen. Chry-

socoris.

distinguenda, Walk. loc. cit. p. 514, belongs to gen. Philia.

Pachycoris cassidoides, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 48. n. 16 (1867), belongs to

gen. Ascanius.

propinguus, Walk, loc. cit. p. 50. n. 80, belongs to gen. Polytes.

—— cyphonoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50. n. 31, * Symphy’us.

leucospilus, Walk. doc. cit. p. 51. n. 38,

” ”

rivulosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 34, “ os

—— trinotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 51. n. 35, e Achates.

leucotelus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 52. n. 36, 3 *

Symphylus vittatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 55. n. 10, 7 *

granulatus, Walk. loe. cit. iii, p. 516 (1868), belongs to gen. Polytes.

—— divergens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 516 (nec p. 517), ” Orsilo-

chus.

Hotea ? diffusa, Walk. loc. cit, i. p. 57. n. 7 (1868), 7 Dero-

plax.

Agonosoma scitula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 60, n. 9, belongs to gen. Dystus.

Bolbocoris brevilinea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 63. n. 8, os Camirus.

Species treated as synonymic.

Coleotichus sordidus, Walk, Cat. Het. i. p. 1. n. 4 (1867),=C. fuscus,

Vollenh.

testaceus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 2.n. 6,=C. artensis, Montr.

Pecilocoris anisospilus, Walk. loc. ett. p. 9. n. 11,= P. Hardwicki, Westw.

melanocephalus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 10. n. 16,= Chrysocoris atricapillus,

Guér.

Cryptacrus signifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 11. n. 8,= Graptocoris aulicus, Germ.,

var. personatus, Stal.

erotyluides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 11. n. 4,=Anoplogonius nigricollis,

Sign., var.

stlphoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 12. n. 5,= Anoplogonius nigricollis, Sign.,

var.

Tectocoris pusillus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 13. n. 3,= 7. lineola, Fabr.

obliquus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 18. n. 4,= 7. lineola, Fabr., near var.

diopthalmus, Thunb.

Cantao bandanus, Walk. Cat. Hem. Het. i. p, 14. n. 4 (1867),=C. purpu-

ratus, Westw.

—— inscitus, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 506 (1868),= C. rudis, Vollenh.

conscitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 507,=C. rudis, Vollenh.

Scutellera cyaneoritta, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 16. n, 7 (1867),= Brachyaulax

oblonga, Westw.

—— buprestoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 16. n. 8,= Brachyaulax oblonga,

Westw., var.

— maculyera, Walk. loc. cit. p- 16. n. 9,= Brachyaulaz oblonga, Westw.

pubescens, Walk. loc. cit. 111. p. 507 (1868),= Brachyaulax oblonga,

Westw.

Tetrarthria lineata, Walk. loc. cit. i, p. 18. n. 2 (1867),=7. variegata,

Dall., var.

— tetraspila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 19. n. 3,= Chrysocoris grandis, Thunb.

congrua, Walk. loc. eit. p. 20. n. 7,= 7. variegata, Dall., var.

Scutellerine and Graphosomine. 51

Tetrarthria rutila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 20. n. 8, = Chrysocoris quadri-

maculatus, Vollenh., var. Schlegeli?, Vollenh.

sobria, Walk. doc. cit. p. 21. n. 10, = Calliphara praslinia, Guér.

lateralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 21. n. 11,= 7. variegata, Dall., var.

clerovdes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 15,= Chrysocoris guadrimaculatus,

Vollenh.

— nigra, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16,= Calliphara praslinia, Guér.

basalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 17,= T. maculata, Walk.

—— mesozona, Walk. loc. cit. p. 24. n. 18,= Chrysocoris sellatus, White.

Callidea histeroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 23. n. 16,=Lamprocoris Roylii,

Westw.

seripta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 17,= Lamprocoris Roylii, Westw.

— gibbula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 18,=Lamprocoris Roylii, Westw.

porphyricola, Walk. loc. cit. p. 29. n. 19, = Chrysocoris Stollii,

Wolff.

contraria, Walk. loc. cit. p. 30. n. 21,= Lamprocoris lateralis, Guér.

erythrospila, Walk. loc. cit. p. 33. n. 38,= Calliphara regalis, Fabr.

—— semirufa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 39,= Calliphara regalis, Fabr.

binotata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 34. n. 41,=Chrysocoris sellatus, White,

var. chromatica, White.

—— biplaga, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. n. 42,= Calliphura regalis, Fabr.

—— laticineta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. nu. 43,= Calliphara dimidiata, Dall.

ampla, Walk. loc. cit. p. 35. n. 44,= Chrysocoris atricapillus, Guér.,

var. variabilis, Vollenh.

— fulgida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 46,= Philia fastuosa, Vollenh.

solita, Walk. loc. cit. p. 36. n. 47,= Phila fastuvsa, Vollenh.

munda, Walk. loc, cit. p. 37. n. 48, = Phiha jactator, Stal.

tessellata, Walk. loc. cit. p. 38. n. 50,= Chrysocoris coxalis, Stal.

ebenina, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. nu, 52,= Calliphara praslinia, Guér.,

var.

proxima, Walk. loc. cit. p. 39. n. 53,= Chrysocoris coxalis, Stal.

curtula, Walk. loc. cit, p. 39. n. 54,= Philia femorata, Walk.

collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 40. n. 56,= Philia femorata, Walk.

—— discoidalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 41. n. 57,= Philia fastuosa, Vollenh.

Slammigera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 42. n. 59,= Philia ditissima, Vollenh.

sulaca, Walk. loc. cit. p. 42. n. 60, = Philia jactator, Stal.

galerucoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 43. n. 61,= Chrysocoris partita, Walk.,

var.

Jjucunda, Walk. loc. cit. p. 44. n. 66,= Chrysocoris Germari, Erichs.,

var. consul, Vollenh.

sodalis, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 513 (1868), = Chrysocoris melanophora,

Walk.

quadrifera, Walk. loc. cit. p. 514,= Calliphara bifasciata, White.

Pachycoris guttipes, Walk. loc. crt. i. p. 47. n. 11 (1867),= Tetyra farcta,

Germ.

-— delineatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 48. n. 17,= Sphyrocoris obliquus, Germ.

apicalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 50. n. 32,= Lobothyreus lobatus, Westw.

quadristriga, Walk. loc, cit. p. 52. n. 37,=Augocoris rugulosus,

H.-S.

Symphylus plagiatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 55. n. 11,=8. rivulosus, Walk.

aprcifer, Walk. loc. cit. iii. p. 516 (1868),=S. deplanatus, H.-S.

—— bipustulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 517,= 8. deplanatus, H.-S.

signatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 517,= Lobothyreus lobatus, Westw.

politus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 518,= Dioleus Boscit, Fabr.

oculatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 519,= Camirus conicus, Germ.

Hotea melanaria, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 56. n. 3 (1867), =H. subfasciata,

Westw.

4*

52. Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

Hotea picea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 56. n. 4,= Deroplax cireumducta, Germ.

nasuta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 58. n. 9,= H. curculionoides, H.-S.

Euryaster incomptus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 67. n. 10,= Bolbocoris reticulatus,

Dall. .

Podops conspersus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. n. 9. Not belonging to either of

the subfamilies here treated.

—— asper, Walk. doc. cit. p. 72. n. 10. Condition too bad for identifica-

tion.

— spinosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 18,= P. coarctata, Fabr.

—— nasalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 19,= P. coarctata, Fabr.

— exactus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 24,= P. coarctata, Fabr.

Funestus, Walk. loc. cit. ii. p. 521 (1868),= P. spinifera, Westw.

Teressa terranea, Walk. loc. cit. i. p. 118. n. 1 (1867),= Brachycerocoris

camelus, Costa.

To be treated as non-existent.

Species the types of which are not now to be found in the

British Museum.

Peecilocoris plenisignatus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 9. n. 18 (1867).

Tectocoris amboinensis, Walk. loc. ett. p. 14. n. 5.

Scutellera humeralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 17. n. 10.

Hotea circumeincta, Walk. loc. cit. p. 57. n. 8.

Podops terricolor, Walk. loc. cit. p. 71. n. 8.

Species the types of which are supposed to be in Australia.

Bolbocoris mimicus, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 63. n. 6 (1867). National

Museum, Melbourne.

subpunctatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 63. n. 7. National Museum, Mel-

bourne,

Podops teter, Walk. loc. cit. p. 74. n. 23. National Museum, Melbourne.

Spherocoris subnotatus, Walk. doc. cit. iii. p. 505 (1868). National Mu-

seum, Melbourne.

Il].— Description of a new Genus and some new Species of

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Oriental Zoological Region.

By P. Cameron.

Sapygide.

This family may now be added to the fauna of the Oriental

zoological region. It is of small extent. The few species

known hitherto are from Europe and North America.

Polochrum flavicolle, sp. n.

Nigrum, flavo-maculatum ; pedibus nigris, femoribus supra flavo-

maculatis ; alis fere hyalinis, apice fumatis.

Long. 12mm. Q.

Antenne black, the scape and second joint yellow beneath ;

JSrom the Oriental Zoological Region. 53

the scape covered with long white hair; the flagellum almost

bare. Head black, strongly and deeply rugosely punctured

and rather thickly covered with white hair; the eye-incision

and the lower orbits, a small line on the inner orbits above,

the sides of the clypeus, a mark above it triangularly nar-

rowed on the top, and an interrupted line on the middle of the

front, fulvous yellow. Pro- and mesothorax rugosely punc-

tured, the median segment more closely and finely punctured ;

the base of the pronotum, a large oval inner and a smaller

outer mark on the sides of the scutellum, a larger more elon-

gate mark opposite the tegule, a narrow line on the sides of

the postscutellum, and a mark on the mesopleure under the

fore wings, fulvous yellow. Legs black, thickly covered with

white hair; the apex of the fore femora, the apical part of

the middle and the greater part of the hinder femora yellow

above. Wings hyaline; the radial and the upper part of the

cubital cellules to a less extent smoky; the stigma and ner-

vures are black; the first transverse cubital nervure is curved,

the others are straight, oblique; the first recurrent is received

in the middle, the second in the basal fourth of the cellule.

Abdomen shining, smooth ; the base of the third and fourth

segments and the greater part of the last three segments above

lemon-yellow. The pygidium is keeled down the middle, as

is also the basal half of the last ventral segment; the basal

three ventral segments are incised in the middle, the basal

not so distinctly as the other two; in the middle of the

second segment is an oval yellow mark; the third has the

sides yellow at the base.

I place this species in Polochrum rather than in Sapyga

because the third cubital cellule is not narrowed at the top

and because the antenne are not so distinctly clavate. In

the species here described the antenne are scarcely so long as

the thorax and the flagellum is not distinctly narrowed at

the base.

Khasia Hills,

Sphegide.

Sceliphron tibiale, sp. n.

Long. 19-20 mm.

In Bingham’s table (Faun. Brit. Ind., Hym. p. 236) this

species comes into “ A. Colours black and yellow,” “a, Meso-

notum striate,” and “ b?, Comparatively small (16-18 mm.) ,”

which will be now divided :—

54 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

VAoO tS On bo HES koalas ooo anne madraspatanum,

Legs rufous, the hinder femora above and the hinder

tipi ‘entirely-plack 25. <pc.p5 ee em ess nye» tibiale,

Head black, the greater part of the clypens yellow; the

apex of the clypeus and the mandibles ferruginous; the

front, vertex, and occiput thickly covered with long pale

fulvous hair ; the cheeks with golden pubescence; the clypeus

sparsely with long fuscous hair. The clypeus at the apex

roundly bilobate, bare; the mandibles black at the base and

apex; the palpirufo-testaceous, black at the base. The scape

of the antenne rufous; the flagellum black, the apex of

the third joint and the fourth on the underside rufous.

Thorax black; a line on the pronotum above, a large trans-

verse mark (rounded and narrowed at the ends), two oblique

marks (broad at the base, narrowed towards the apex) on the

end of the basal lobe of the median segment, the apex of the

segment broadly, the tegule, tubercles, a mark under them

(narrow and oblique at the top, larger and more trian-

gular below), and a triangular mark under the hind wings

yellow. The pronotum is depressed in the middle above;

the mesonotum is closely transversely striated, covered with

long fuscous hair; the scutellum closely longitudinally striated,

most strongly on the sides. Median segment thickly covered

with long fuscous hair; the basal part distinctly raised and

separated from the apical, broadly furrowed down the middle

of the basal part ; the apical deeply triangularly depressed at

the apex. Propleuree smooth, deeply excavated in the middle

behind ; the mesopleuree and metapleure closely and slightly

obliquely striated, the latter more strongly towards the apex.

Wings fulvo-hyaline, distinctly smoky at the apex; the costa

and stigma testaceous, the nervures paler. All the coxe and

trochanters are black ; the rest of the legs rufous ; the femora

broadly black at the base above; the tibie black above; the

posterior femora black above, the tibiz entirely black; the

basal two joints of the tarsi black at the apex, the other joints

entirely black ; the calearia with a thick brush on the basal

half. Petiole black, shorter than the rest of the abdomen ;

the apex of the second segment broadly, of the others more

narrowly yellow ; the apical almost entirely rufous, smooth

above, the sides coarsely punctured,

A distinct species,

Khasia Hills.

From the Oriental Zoological Region. 5d

C2NOPSEN, gen. nov.

?. Comes nearest to Psen, with which it agrees in the

neuration of the wings and in the form of the abdomen, but

may be readily known from that genus by the second joint of

the antenne (pedicle) being not small, but as long as the

third joint ; the antenne themselves are longer, more slender,

and not dilated towards the apex, resembling more those of a

male than of a female.

Antenne distinctly longer than the head and _ thorax

united ; all the joints elongate; the scape as long as the

second joint, slightly curved. Eyes large, reaching near to

the base of the mandibles, parallel on the lower half; the

ocelli *.* Clypeus roundly convex, its apex transverse and

depressed in the middle. Labrum small, rounded. Man-

dibies? Parapsidal furrows obsolete. Base of median

segment depressed, the depression clearly defined, striated,

the rest of the segment irregularly reticulated. Tarsi pilose,

without spines, the base of the anterior roundly incised ; the

anterior spur curved, bifid at the apex; the outer spur of the

posterior curved, dilated at the base, the inner spur shorter

and narrower. Anterior wings with three transverse cubital

nervures; the first recurrent nervure is received in the basal

fourth of the cellule, the second is interstitial. In the hind

wings the transverse anal nervure is received beyond the

cubital. Abdomen with a long curved petiole, which is as

long as its dilated apex and the second segment united; the

apical ventral segments are fringed with stiff hairs, and more

particularly the fourth. Pygidial area smooth, keeled late-

rally.

The head behind the eyes is obliquely narrowed and is there

nearly as long as the eyes; the occiput is sharply margined.,

The antenne are placed opposite the middle of the eyes;

between them is a short distinct keel, narrowed at the top

and bottom ; the coxe and trochanters of moderate size; the

mesosternum furrowed down the apex; the tubercles are

Jarge and are placed distinctly in front of the tegule; the

eyes have a narrowed but distinct furrow surrounding them;

the episternal furrow on the mesopleure is distinct, wide, and

deep ; the pronotum is clearly separated from the mesonotum ;

the scutellum and postscutellum large, not much raised.

Cenopsen fuscinervis, sp. n.

Niger; capite thoraceque dense pilosis; alis hyalinis, stigmate

nervisque fuscis. Q.

Long. 10 mm.

Antenne stout, twice the length of the thorax, the apical

56 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

joints slightly dilated on the lower side, the second joint as

long as the third; the scape sparsely covered with white

hair; the flagellum bare. Head shining; the face, clypeus,

and labrum thickly covered with silvery hair; the front and

vertex strongly and closely punctured except near the eyes,

and thickly covered with long fuscous hair. Mesonotum

strongly and closely punctured ; the parapsidal furrows only

indicated at the base. The scutellum is not so strongly

punctured as the mesonotum ; on the outer side of the post-

scutellum is a distinct slightly convex keel. In the centre of

the basal area of the median segmeut are two stout straight

keels ; the rest of it with stout oblique keels; the apex of the

segment is almost perpendicular and is furrowed down the

middle; in the middle, on either side, are three stout oblique

keels, ending at the edge in three small arexe. Pro- and

mesopleure smooth ; the tubercles fringed behind by white

pubescence ; on the base of the mesopleure is a wide deep

furrow which is bent in the middle; the longitudinal furrow

is narrow: the base of the metapleure is depressed ; on the

lower side is a narrow oblique furrow; the apex is irregu-

laily stoutly reticulated ; in front of this part are some longi-

tudinal keels. Mesosternum shining, smooth, the central

furrow shallow, wide, at the base closely transversely striated.

Legs black, covered with longish white hair; the calearia

fulvous. ‘The stigma and nervures are fuscous, the former

with a more rufous tint; the first cubital cellule is about one

half the length of the third; the first recurrent nervure is

received in the basal fourth of the cellule, the second is inter-

stitial. Abdomen smooth and shining ; the narrowed part of

the petiole longer than its dilated apex and the second

segment united, smooth, its sides covered with long white

hair; the second ventral segment has a deep furrow at the

base, this furrow occupying the entire base, and at the sides

is covered with white hair; the apices of the third and fourth

ventral segments are fringed with longish hair.

Khasia Hills.

Dolichurus reticulatus, sp. n.

Niger, longe albo-hirsutus ; alis hyalinis, stigmate fuseo. ¢.

Long. 8 mm.

Antenne as long as the body, black, the apical joints

distinctly narrowed and more or less brownish; the scape

covered with black hair; the flagellum bare. Head black

except for the apex of the antennal tubercle, which is

yellowish white ; the vertex is smooth and impunctate; the

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 57

front reticulated distinctly and more closely from the middle

of the ocellar region; the face and clypeus thickly covered

with long white hair and keeled in the middle. Mandibles

smooth, testaceous near the apex; the palpi pilose, dark

fuscous. Thorax black, thickly covered with long white

hair ; on either side of the pronotum above is a white tubercle-

like mark. Median segment reticulated, the centre with two

longish slightly oblique keels, bounded at the apex by a

transverse one; the apex of the segment is oblique. Post-

scutellum stoutly longitudinally striated. Pro- and meso-

pleure smooth ; the metapleurze obliquely striated. Wings

hyaline, iridescent ; the nervures are paler than the costa or

stigma; the first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely

curved above and has, at the angle thus formed, a distinct

branch at the base. Abdomen shining, closely but not

strongly punctured; the third segment is depressed at the

apex and closely transversely striated; the ventral segments

are closely punctured, the apex of the third is depressed and

striated at the sides.

D. bipunctatus, Bingham, from Burma, comes near to this

species, but may be known from it by the head in front being

densely punctured, not reticulated. The sides of the meso-

notum at the base are raised near to the tegule, which are

edged with white at the base; the antennal lamina is trian-

gularly depressed in the middle, its apex not quite transverse ;

the furrow on the centre of the mesosternum is distinct, the

lateral one is narrower and indistinct towards the apex.

This makes the fourth species of Dolichurus known from

India.

Khasia Hills.

Ampulex (Rhinopsis) nigricans, sp. n.

Niger, abdominis apice rufo ; alis hyalinis, apice fumato. 2.

Long. 8 mm.

Comes into Bingham’s section “ B. a'. Petiole linear at

base, nodose at apex,” which is now divided :—

@hora and legs cntirely black)... 0.5; . cava ccseencicaes nigricans.

Thorax for the greater part rufous, as are also the legs... constancee.

Thorax and legs entirely black. Antenne almost bare,

perceptibly thickened towards the apex, the third joint more

than twice the length of the fourth. Head opaque, sparsely

covered with short white pubescence; the vertex coarsely

aciculated; the front obscurely reticulated, indistinctly fur-

rowed down the middle. Clypeus aciculated, shining at the

58 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

base, convex, the sides with an oblique slope; the apex in

the middle ending in a stout triangular tooth. Eyes almost

parallel, hardly converging at the top, where they are sepa-

rated by slightly less than the length of the third antennal

joint. Mesonotum aciculated ; the furrows deep, moderately

wide, and stoutly and closely crenulated throughout; there is

another crenulated furrow along the sides. The three central

keels on the metanotum reach near to the apex and end

in a reticulated space; the central keel is straight; the

outer curved, converging towards the apex; the space en-

closed by them is transversely striated, the striz being dis-

tinctly separated; the sides are more closely striated; the

lateral apical tooth is large, smooth, rounded, and slightly

narrowed on the top; the apex of the segment has an almost

perpendicular slope and is thickly covered with short white

pubescence, the upper half rough, the lower finely transversely

striated and furrowed down the middle. The propleure

aciculated; near the bottom is a narrow furrow, above the

middle is a wider, deeper, crenulated furrow, which does not

extend quite to the end. The mesopleuree opaque, hollowed

above behind the tubercles, the middle with a broad belt of

large deep irregular punctures; the lower edge is bordered

by a distinct crenulated furrow. The upper half of the meta-

pleure largely reticulated, the lower smooth. Wings hyaline;

there is a broad smoky band occupying the whole of the

radial, of the second cubital, the apex of the first cubital,

and extending on to the apex of the second discoidal; the

appendicular cellule is distinct, elongate, open at the apex ;

the first cubital cellule is, on the lower side, longer than the

other two united; the first recurrent nervure is received in

the middle, the second in the basal third of the cellule. Legs

black; the penultimate joint of the fore tarsi is more dilated

than the others; the base of the metatarsus is slightly incised ;

the claws bifid, the basal claw the smaller. Abdomen with

the petiole as long as the dilated part of the segment, narrow,

closely longitudinally striated.

Khasia Hills.

Mutillide.

The species here described have been taken chiefly at

Barrackpore, Bengal, by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney. It is un-

fortunate that the male Mutillidw should have to be described

without reference to the females; but in our present state of

knowledge there is no other course open to us. I am, how-

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 59

ever, glad to be able to fix beyond doubt the male of M. sex-

maculata, one of the best-known of the Indian species.

I may take this opportunity of pointing out that Col. C. T.

Bingham has omitted from his ‘Fauna of British India,

Hymenoptera,’ Mutilla indefensa, Cam., described by me

(‘ Memoirs Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch,’ xli. p. 63) from Bombay.

i. Clypeus bidentate.

“Mutilla bidens, sp. n.

Nigra, abdominis segmentis 1° et 2° rufis; clypeo emarginato; alis

fusco-violaceis, basi fere hyalinis. <¢.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Scape of antenne shining, sparsely punctured, above with

a few white hairs; the flagellum stout, distinctly tapering

towards the apex; opaque, covered with a pale down; the

third and fourth joints equal in length. Vertex shining,

behind the ocelli coarsely and closely punctured, at their sides

much more sparsely punctured ; the ocellar region distinctly

raised, strongly punctured all over; the ocelli are placed at

the sides of the raised part. Clypeus raised gradually from

the base to the apex, the sides also raised ; the apex is deeply

and roundly incised in the middle, the sides at the apex

appearing as stout, large, bluntly triangular teeth ; the apex

on the lower side truncated. Mandibles with only one long

apical tooth; the tooth on the lower side behind the middle

is large, the base is punctured and covered with long white

hair. Pronotum coarsely punctured, its hinder edge dis-

tinctly raised; the pleure have some stout, irregular, obliqne

keels; in front of the tegule is a large patch of dense silvery

pubescence ; the remainder is sparsely covered with long pale

hair. Scutellum not much raised, shining, the sides bearing

large, deep, widely separated punctures and long black hairs ;

the middle is smooth and shining; there is a furrow down

the base in the middle and a longer one, slightly narrowed in

the middle, on the apical part. The basal half of the median

segment has a thick covering of white pubescence which com-

pletely hides the texture; the apex has an oblique slope, is

reticulated and covered rather thickly with long fuscous hairs.

Mesopleure coarsely punctured in the middle, thickly covered

with longish white hair; the apical half of the metapleure

reticulated. Legs thickly covered with white hair; the

calcaria white. Wings fuscous, with a slight violaceous

tinge, paler, more hyaline at the base, the nervures dark

60 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

fuscous, the radial cellule short and wide; the basal abscissa

of the radius is sharply and distinctly angled above the

middle; the apical is straight above, oblique below; the

second and third cubital cellules are equal in length above ;

the first recurrent nervure is received shortly beyond, the

second almost in the middle of, the cellule; the radial and

cubital cellules are lighter in tint than the apex of the wings.

Abdomen black ; the second, third, and the base of the fourth

segments ferruginous; the petiole is coarsely punctured, its

apex and the apices of the second and third segments are

fringed with golden pubescence; the other segments are

fringed with white ; the pygidium is covered with long black

hair ; the ventral keel is curved, its apex projecting into a

large somewhat triangular tooth; on the sides of the hypo-

pygidium is a large, stout, slightly curved keel, which becomes

gradually larger towards the apex as seen from the sides.

This species forms the type of a new group, which may be

defined as follows :—

Clypeus largely projecting, becoming broader from the base

to the apex and hollowed in the middle; the apex ends in

two large somewhat triangular teeth. Mandibles longish, the

apex ending in one long tocth; the lower tooth is large.

Ocellar region raised. Eye-incision rounded at the base.

Pronotum raised behind. Mesonotum without longitudinal

furrows. Scutellum furrowed down the middle. Radial

cellule short, wide; there are three cubital cellules. Basal

segment of the abdomen subsessile ; the last ventral segment

provided on either side with a stout keel, which becomes

gradually wider towards the apex. On the inner side of the

hinder coxee at the apex is a stout shining tooth, rounded at

the apex.

The occiput is not sharply margined; the pronotum is

raised behind; the parapsidal furrows distinct; on the lower

side of the second abdominal segment is a longitudinal keel,

covered with a short pile; below this is a smooth, glabrous,

broader keel.

ii. Clypeus not bidentate.

a. Scutellum distinctly conical.

Muitlla cona, sp. n.

Nigra, abdomine rufo, basi apiceque nigris ; capite thoraceque dense

argenteo-pilosis; scutello rugose punctato; alis fusco-violaceis, ¢,

Long. 17 mm.

Scape covered with longish hair, grooved beneath; the

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 61

third and fourth joints are nearly equal in length. Head

below the ocelli thickly covered with longish white pubes-

cence, the vertex more sparsely with shorter pubescence

intermixed with long fuscous hair. Clypeus smooth and

shining, depressed, the sides slightly, the apex more distinctly

raised ; the front and vertex strongly punctured, smooth at

the sides of the ocelli, which are distinctly raised. Man-

dibles at the base thickly covered with white intermixed

with fulvous hair; the palpi black. Pronotum strongly

punctured, thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the

sides of the pleuree with stout widely separated keels. Meso-

notum deeply rugosely punctured, the punctures running

into reticulations and much larger and deeper towards the

apex; the hair is long and black. Scutellum strongly

rugosely punctured except in the middle on the extreme apex

above, this portion having a shallow furrow in the middle;

the hair on the base is black, on the apex longer and paler ;

the postscutellum is smooth in the middle, the sides punc-

tured. The base of the median segment is thickly covered

with depressed silvery pubescence, which completely hides

the texture ; the apex is closely reticulated and covered with

long fuscous hair. The middle of the mesopleure is sparsely

and shallowly punctured and thickly covered with white

pubescence ; the metapleure reticulated except at the base

above and in the middle. Mesosternum rugosely punctured

except in the middle. Legs thickly covered with long white

hairs, the spurs pale. Wings fuscous violaceous; the basal

abscissa of the radius is straight, oblique; the apical is

roundly curved above the middle; the first transverse cubital

nervure is oblique, with only a slight curve. Basal segment

of the abdomen black except at the apex, and is covered with

long white hair; the ventral keel at the apex projects into a

short somewhat triangular tooth ; the second to sixth segments

are covered with fulvous hair; the last segment is entirely

black and thickly covered with long black hairs; the middle

is smooth and shining ; the last ventral segment has on either

side a distinct smooth conical tooth, followed by a much

larger one, which is curved above and obliquely narrowed on

the lower side.

This species agrees in form, pubescence, and coloration

with the male of M/. sermaculata, Swed., but is quite distinct.

The two species may be separated as follows :—

Scutellum in the middle above broadly smooth and

shining throughout; the median segment not

thickly covered with white pubescence; the sides

of the apical two ventral segments marked with

RUE HIRE MCENROE ccoaieied did giniy sow 0 e'F 0 Hone sexmaculata,

62 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

Scutellum rugose above, the extreme apex only smooth ;

the median segment thickly covered with white

pubescence, which hides the sculpture ; the sides

of the apical two ventral segments armed with

stout teeth | sss.’ Hence inadiniee tine icmr Je cona,

M. cona may further be known from sexmaculata by the

wings not being so deeply violaceous and by having hyaline

streaks in the cubital cellules, by the scutellum not being so

distinctly pyramidal, by the metathorax not being so dis-

tinctly narrowed at the base, by the smaller ventral keel, and

by the more strongly punctured mesosternum.

Various species have been regarded as the male of MW. sex-

maculata, but there has always been some doubt under what

name, if any, the male has been described. I am now able

to put the matter at rest, Mr.G. A. J. Rothney having taken

sexmaculata ? tn cop. with its male. I am not sure if this

male has been described by anyone ; but it comes nearest to the

description of dimidiata, Lep. sec. Bingham. ‘The true male

is from 20-24 millim. long, is black, with the abdomen red,

black at base and apex, the head and thorax deeply covered

with white pubescence, and the wings deeply violaceous.

Its characteristic points are the pyramidal scutellum, which

is broadly smooth and shining above; the ventral keel, pro-

jecting shortly beyond the middle into a stout somewhat

triangular tooth ; the apical two ventral segments are marked

on either side with a stout somewhat oblique keel; the upper

part of the apical ventral segment at the sides is smooth and

shining ; below this, and above the keel, it is closely punc-

tured; the upper part of the mesopleure is tuberculate, as is

also the lower, but to a less extent.

Mutilla selma, sp. n.

Nigra, apice petioli segmentisque 2°-5° rufis ; alis violaceis. ¢.

Long. 12-13 mm.

Scape of antenne sparsely covered with long white hairs.

Front rugose ; the vertex sparsely covered with strong pune-

tures ; clypeus smooth, shining, glabrous, the middle indis-

tinctly keeled. Mandibles shining, broadly rufous before the

apex, smooth, sparsely covered with long white and fulvous

hair; the tooth on the lower side at the base is large, longer

than broad, rounded at the apex. Pronotum rugosely punc-

tured, the base and middle to near the apex smooth and

shining. Mesonotum shining, deeply punctured, the punc-

tures large, deeper and more widely separated towards the

apex, sparsely covered with black hair; the furrows are

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 63

moderately wide and deep and reach to the apex; between

them at the base in the middle is an elongated smooth spot.

Scutellum pyramidal, rugosely punctured, the middle smooth

and shining, produced at the apex into a rounded point; at

the base is a slight triangular depression, The median

segment has a rounded slope, is reticulated, and covered with

long pale fulvous hair ; the central area is elongated, slightly

widened at the base, the sides there oblique. Propleura

stoutly obliquely striated except at the apex. Mesopleure

coarsely punctured ‘and sparsely covered with long fulvous

hair in the middle, the apical half of the metapleure strongly

reticulated. Legs thickly covered with pale hairs; the tarsal

spines rufous, the calcaria pale. Wings uniformly viola-

ceous; the second cubital cellule at the top is nearly one

fourth longer than the third. Abdomen rufous; the petiole,

except at the apex, and the apical two segments black; the

hair on the basal segment is pale, on the middle pale fulvous,

on the apical black intermixed with pale; the apex of the

pygidium is depressed and sparsely punctured; the middle in

front of this depression is slightly raised and smooth. The

keel on the basal ventral segment is stout, dilated broadly

at the base; the hypopygium is dilated in the middle, the

dilatation becoming gradually larger towards the base.

Mussooree, N.W. Himalayas.

Mutilla fortinata, sp. n.

Nigra, dense albo-pilosa, abdominis segmentis 1°, 2°, et 3° ferru-

gineis ; alis fusco-violaceis, basi fere hyalinis. ¢.

Long. 12-13 mm.

Scape of antennz thickly covered with white hairs; the

third and fourth joints are almost equal in length, the apical

joints are slightly roundly dilated above. Front and vertex

strongly punctured, covered with long pale hairs, the front

also thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the antennal

keels are stout, projecting and curved. Clypeus smooth,

shining, glabrous, broadly distinctly keeled in the middle,

the sides from the keel oblique; the apex is transverse, the

sides oblique, so that the inner side appears depressed. The

base of the mandibles thickly covered with long white hairs,

the apex on the lower side more sparsely with long golden

hair; the basal tooth is stout, blunt. Pronotum strongly

rugosely punctured, smooth and shining at the base; the

upper part of the propleure strongly rugose, the middle with

stout keels, the lower part smooth. Mesonotum punctured,

shining, thickly covered with long black hair; the furrows

64 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

are deep ; opposite the tegule is a smooth irregular longish

line ; the median segment closely reticulated, thickly covered

with silky pubescence ; the central area is dilated at the base,

its sides oblique. Scutellum pyramidal, coarsely rugosely

punctured, the centre raised, smooth, shining, the base

covered with long black, the apex with longer fuscous,

hair. Postscutellum smooth, bordered laterally with stout

keels. Mesopleuree punctured in the middle and- covered

thickly with silvery pubescence; on the lower side of the

base is a club-shaped keel. Metapleure reticulated, smooth

at the base. Wings fuscous violaceous, paler at the base ;

the second cubital cellule is longer above and below than the

third, the second and third transverse cubital nervures are

sharply angled above the middle ; the recurrent nervures near

the base of the apical third of the cellules. Legs thickly

covered with long white hair. Petiole strongly punctured ;

the basal teeth stout, the sides immediately in front of them

project ; the ventral keel is roundly and uniformly incised in

the middle. The pygidial area is smooth in the middle at

the base, the apex is depressed and obscure rufous in the

middle; the hypopygium is stoutly obliquely keeled late-

rally ; the penultimate segment is keeled. The pubescence

on the basal segments is white, on the middle long and golden,

on the apical black.

b. Scutellum not distinctly conical ; the fore wings more or less hyaline

at the base.

Mutilla lena, sp. n.

Nigra, abdomine ferrugineo, apice basique petioli late nigris; alis

fusco-violaceis, basi hyalinis. d.

Long. 10 mm.

Antenne longish, the scape above covered with longish

white hair, below much more thickly with short pale pubes-

cence; the flagellum almost glabrous, tle third and fourth

joints equal in length. Front and vertex shining, rather

strongly punctured, the vertex sparsely covered with fuscous

hair; the front with a broad band of silvery pubescence.

Clypeus shining, its apex roundly projecting, the inner side

shallowly but distinctly depressed, and finely transversely

striated at the apex. Mandibles finely punctured at the

base and sparsely covered with long silvery hair; the tooth

on the lower side large, longer than broad, conical. Pro- and

mesonotum shining, strongly punctured; the pronotum

thickly covered with long fuscous, the mesonotum more

from the Oriental Zoological Region. 65

sparsely with shorter black, hair: the two furrows are

deep and wide. Scutellum scarcely raised above the level

of the mesonotum, strongly punctured, the middle on the

basal part smooth and shining, the smooth part slightly

depressed in the middle at the base; the postscutellum finely

rugose. Median segment reticulated, the apex more closely

below, its upper part more irregularly and with a keel down

the middle ; the reticulations on the basal half are large and

irregular; the central area is wide, slightly widened at the

base, and it reaches to the apex. There isa large, stout,

curved keel near the base of the propleure; in the middle are

three oblique ones; mesopleure rugosely punctured except

behind, in the middle thickly covered with white pubescence ;

the apex of metapleure reticulated. Mesosternum smooth

and shining. Legs black; the hair, calcaria, and spines

white. Wings dark fuscous violaceous ; the nervures black ;

the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly longer than

the third; the frst recurrent nervure is received shortly

beyond the middle; the upper part of the radius is only at a

slightly different angle from the lower. Abdomen ferru-

ginous; the base of the petiole and the apical segment black ;

the penultimate segment piceous black; the petiole is strongly

but not closely punctured ; the ventral keel is slightly roundly

curved and a little dilated towards the apex; the pygidium is

closely punctured, smooth in the middle; the hypopygium has

a stout oblique keel on the sides, which projects into a trian-

gular tooth at the apex.

Mutilla fianna, sp. n.

Nigra, abdominis medio late ferrugineo; medio scutello lwvi; alis

fusco-violaceis, basi hyalinis. ¢.

Long. 13-14 mm.

Front and vertex strongly punctured, the middle of the

front thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the vertex

sparsely with long fuscous hair. Clypeus smooth, the apex

slightly and finely transversely striated, transverse, the sides

oblique. Mandibles at the base thickly covered with long

pale fulvous hair; the apical joints of the palpi dull testaceous.

Pronotum strongly punctured; the upper third of the pro-

pleure slightly hollowed, smooth, the rest bearing six or seven

stout keels. Mesonotum shining, strongly punctured, sparsely

covered with stiff black hairs; the two furrows are wide and

deep; in its centre in front is a smooth shining line. Sen-

tellum scarcely raised above the mesonotum, its apex has an

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 5

66 Mr. P. Cameron on new Fossorial Hymenoptera

oblique slope; in the middle is a flat, smooth, shining, broad

space, which becomes gradually and slightly wider towards

the apex, which is slightly incised in the middle. Median

segment thickly covered with depressed pale fulvous pubes-

cence; reticulated; the central area large, reaching to the

apex, becoming slightly narrowed to the end of the basal third,

then more distinctly narrowed towards the apex; the keel

surrounding the apical part is stout; the apex itself has a

sharply oblique slope and is closely reticulated all over.

Mesopleuree strongly punctured and thickly covered with

white hair. Metapleure strongly reticulated except at the

base. Legs thickly covered with pale hair; the tarsal spines

fulvous. Wings deep fuscous violaceous, the base hyaline ;

above the second cubital cellule is-slightly longer than the

third; both the cellules receive the recurrent nervures shortly

behind the middle. Abdomen ferruginous; the petiole,

except at the apex, and the apical two segments black ; the

ventral keel has a slight curve and projects slightly towards

the apex; the middle segments are slightly punctured and

fringed with fulvous hair; tie last seement is strongly pune-

tured except down the middle.

Mutilla cara, sp. n.

Long. 9 mm.

In Bingham’s table (p. 9) this species comes into “6!, Wings

dark fulvous, with a purple effulgence,” and “ d*, Second to

fiitth segments red,” but is very different from anything there

described. It differs from most of the species in the central

area of the median segment being of equal width throughout.

Scape of antenne thickly covered with long white hair,

grooved beneath ; the flagellum stout, thickly covered with

a microscopic pile; the third and fourth joints subequal,

The front and vertex punctured, thickly covered with silvery

pubescence and more sparsely with long pale hair; the eye-

incision deep. Clypeus shining, smooth, bare, triangular.

Mandibles rufous in the middle, the base thickly covered with

Jong hair. Pro- and mesonotum strongly punctured, thickly

covered with long blackish hair; it has two longitudinal

furrows, which are deeper and wider behind. Scutellum

coarsely rugosely punctured ; on the basal half in the centre

is a smooth shining space, of equal width and slightly raised

and projecting at the apex. Median segment reticulated, the

reticulations longer on the basal half, which is, especially in

the middle, thickly covered with pale fulvous down; its

central area extends to the apex of the basal portion and is of

from the Ortental Zoological Region. 67

equal width throughout ; the apex has an oblique slope and

is covered with long pale hairs. Propleure shining, slightly

hollowed; the lower part with four stout keels. Mesopleura

strongly punctured in the middle, the base and apex smooth.

Metapleure smooth, the apex strongly reticulated; the base

on the lower side faintly and irregularly reticulated. Sternum

smooth and shining. Legs black, thickly covered with white

hair on the femora and tibiz; the hair on the tarsi stiffer and

more rufous in tint, especially on the lower side. Wings

uniformly fuscous violaceous; the nervares and stigma

black, the second cubital cellule at the top is slightly, at the

bottom more distinctly, longer than the third; both the re-

current nervures are received near the base of the basal third

of the cellules. Abdomen ferruginous; the petiole, except

at the apex, and the last segment black ; the petiole sparsely

punctured, the sides covered with long pale hair; its ventral

keel straight, only very slightly projecting at the base; the

second to fifth segments ferruginous, their apices broadly

covered with bright golden hair; the apex of the penultimate

segment is black and covered also with golden hairs; the

last segment is punctured, smooth down the middle, and

covered with long white hairs.

Mutilla zodiaca, sp. n.

Nigra, abdomine rufo, apice nigro; capite thoraceque dense albo-

pilosis; alis violaceis. <.

Long. 8 mm.

Antenne stout, black; the scape covered with silvery

hair, the flagellum with a pale pile. Head densely covered

with longish silvery pubescence, which hides the sculpture

on the front and vertex; the clypeus thickly covered with

long silvery hair. Mandibles broadly rufous in the middle,

the base thickly covered with silvery pubescence. Pro-

notum thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the pleure

smooth except for a few indistinct stria. Mesonotum

coarsely punctured, shining, sparsely covered with longish

black hairs; the two furrows are wide and deep. Scutellum

rugosely punctured. he apical half of the median segment

is thickly covered with depressed silvery pubescence, which

completely hides the surface, which is reticulated ; the apex

has an oblique slope, is closely reticulated, and is covered

with long white hair. Mesopleure punctured and thickly

covered with silvery pubescence in the middle; the apex of

the metapleura is reticulated ; the base on the lower side is

obscurely punctured. Mesosternum opaque, covered with

5

68 On new Fossorial Hymenoptera.

long pale hairs, its base with a row of punctures. Legs

black ; the four anterior trochanters rufous; the calcaria pale ;

the hair is long and dense. Wings fuscous violaceous; the

stigma and nervures deep black; the second and third

cubital cellules are equal in length at the top; below the

second cellule is nearly twice the length of the third and

receives the recurrent nervure in the middle; the second

recurrent is received in the basal third. The petiole is

sparsely covered with large punctures and with long pale

hair; its basal teeth are large; the ventral keel is short,

thick, and straight; the apical half of the segment is sharply

oblique ; the second to fifth segments are thickly fringed on

the apex with long fulvous hair ; the apical with paler fulvous

hair; the pygidium is punctured throughout, the punctures

stronger towards the apex, which is transverse. Ventral

segments punctured, smooth at the base. ‘The tegule bear

large scattered punctures and have the edges behind rufous.

Allahabad.

Thynnide.

Methoca violaceipennis, sp. n.

Nigra, dense albo-hirsuta; alis violaceo-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque

nigris. 6.

Long. 12 mm.

Antenne black; the scape covered thickly with long

fuscous hair; the flagellum densely with short stiff pubes-

cence. Head black, the labrum fuscous, smooth. Clypeus

roundly incised at the apex, which is oblique and ends in the

middle above in a smooth tubercle-like projection; it is

strongly aciculated. ‘The front coarsely punctured; on its

lower half in the middle is a wide furrow with oblique sides;

the vertex is less strongly punctured. The face, cheeks, and

outer orbits are thickly covered with long white, the front and

vertex more sparsely with fuscous, hair. ‘lhorax black,

shining, thickly covered with white hair; the pronotum

roundly, but not much, narrowed in front, distinctly but not

very strongly punctured, except at the apex; the mesonotum

similarly punctured ; the sides near the base depressed and

closely transversely striated ; on the outer side of the depres-

sion is a longitudinal furrow which reaches to near the apex.

Scutellum punctured like the mesonotum, its base transverse,

obliquely depressed ; the upper part of the depression smooth

and separated from the lower, which is closely rugose. Median

segment closely rugosely punctured; above the middle it is

On the Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. 69

transversely striated, the strie running into reticulations

which are stronger in the centre. Pro- and mesopleure

closely punctured except at the apices; the metapleure

rugosely punctured except at the base above; the basal

furrow distinct, deep, and marked all over with short stout

keels. Mesosternum closely punctured, except in the centre ;

the furrow is wide and deep and becomes wider and deeper

towards the apex. Near the base the mesopleure are raised ;

the apex of the raised part curved above, and it is marked at

irregular intervals with some stout keels. Legs black,

covered with white hair, the calcaria rufous. Wings fusco-

violaceous ; the stigma and nervures black; the first trans-

verse cubital nervure is oblique, faint above, completely

obliterated below; the first recurrent nervure is received

shortly beyond the middle, the second in the basal third.

Abdomen shining, the basal segments slightly, the apical

strongly punctured ; the segments strongly constricted at the

base, most strongly on the lower side ; the constriction on the

second segment finely striated.

As the fact is not alluded to by Col. Bingham, it may be

pointed out that the males in this genus have hairy eyes.

This makes the fourth Indian species.

Khasia Hills.

IV.— The Larval Stage of Wypoderma bovis. By P.

KoorEVAAR, Veterinary Surgeon to the Amsterdam

Public Abattoir *.

At a meeting of the Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging

held in October 1895 Dr. C. Ph. Sluiter exhibited certain

Cstrus-larve which had been found by myself in the spinal

canal of a young bullock.

Since then | have met with Wsérus-larve in the vertebral

canal in the case of a large number of cattle from nine to

eighteen months old and in certain full-grown animals up to

the age of six years.

The larve lie freely in the fatty tissue between the dura

mater spinalis and the periosteum, especially in the hinder-

most portion as far as the cauda equina,.

In the fresh condition the larvee are of a transparent white

colour, with a light green interior. ‘They are seginented and

oblong in shape; the segmentations are more distinctly

* Translated by E, E. Austen from the ‘ Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche

Dierkundige Vereeniging,’ 24 serie, deel v. (1898) pp. 29-34.

70 Mr. P. Koorevaar on the

visible in specimens preserved in spirit than in the fresh

larve.

The dimensions of these spinal larve vary considerably ;

in a collection that I formed between October and February

there is one specimen measuring 5 millim. in length by

3 millim. in breadth; the remainder are from 6 to 14 millim.

long and from 1 to 23 millim. broad.

In the warm fat, before it has become solid, the larve lie

extended; if they are set free they assume a curved shape

and contract, becoming in consequence considerably shorter

and thicker; in this contracted condition the annulations are

also distinctly visible. As regards other details these grubs

have the characteristics of Gistrid larve.

In the year 1884 M. Hinrichsen, a veterinary surgeon, in

dissecting a tuberculous bullock, found the first specimen of

these larvee in the spinal canal; in 1888 he published in the

‘ Archiv fiir wissenscbaftliche und praktische Thierheilkunde,’

Bd. xiv., an account of the examination of thirty-nine cattle.

In the case of fourteen of these (for the most part the

younger animals) he met with from one to twenty larve in a

ortion of the vertebral column. So long ago as 1863

Prof, Brauer described and figured these larve in his ‘ Mono-

graphie der CGistriden,’ but the fact that they occur in numbers

in the spinal canal was nevertheless new.

Further statements as to the finding of these larve in the

neural canal in cattle are also given by Hinrichsen, Horne,

and Ruser in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Fleisch und Milchhygiene’

for 1895.

Hinrichsen considered these (strus-larve to be the first

stage of Hypoderma bovis, which was till then unknown;

and Prof. Brauer agreed with this opinion.

Owing to the frequent occurrence of this larva in the spinal

canal Horne was led to consider the latter as the normal

hidden resting-place of Hypoderma bovis.

In the middle of January I met with the first specimens of

Hypoderma-larvee beneath the skin ; on a closer examination

ten more @strus-larve were found in the epidural fat of the

vertebral canal.

The occurrence of Hypoderma-larve beneath the skin, in

what are known as warbles, and at the same time of @strus-

Jarve in the spinal canal in the same animal, was repeatedly

observed in the months of January, February, and March in

the slaughtered cattle at the abattoir.

It is remarkable that in size and form the largest spinal

larve do not differ from the youngest Hypoderma-larve in

the subcutis; the subcutaneous larve are somewhat less

Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. 71

transparent; the older subcutaneous larve (third stage) are

dull white and marked with darker transverse bands; later

on they become noticeably thicker and pyriform; the colour

changes to more of a greyish yellow, and subsequently to

dark brown; these larva have become incapsulated, have

perforated the integument, and produce the well-known

warbles in the skin.

In the months referred to one frequently finds that the

spinal larva: have crawled out of the fat and are lying in the

spaces between the vertebre; occasionally they are found

with one extremity in the intervertebral spaces.

On the 28th of last February [1896] I also made an inter-

esting discovery ; in a yearling beast with a large number of

Hypoderma-larve beneath the skin—the subcutis on the back

and loins was violently inflamed and suppurating—three

spinal larve were discovered in addition. On examining the

very oedematous cesophagus, I found thirteen Gistrus-larve

in the connective tissue between the mucosa and the muscu-

laris ; in size, shape, and colour they were similar to the

larvee lying in the spinal canal.

In the same way on two occasions after this I also met

with Gstrus-larve in the wall of the cesophagus, Cistrus-

larve have likewise been found in the cesophageal wall by

Curtice ; it afterwards appeared that these were the larve of

Hypoderma lineatum, which occurs in the United States.

The interesting statement is also made by Horne that

in the case of a young bullock he found the whole carcase so

full of Hypoderma-larve that it had to be withdrawn from

consumption.

Are these spinal and cesophageal larve really those of

Hypoderma bovis in the first stage ?

The great agreement between the youngest subcutaneous

and the largest spinal larve in the same animal, the appear-

ance of larvee under the skin, coupled with the disappearance

of the larva from the spinal canal, is a strong argument in

favour of the view that this is the case. It is remarkable

that no single investigator has met with the larve on the

way from the vertebral canal to the subcutis. Horne asserts

that he las more than once noticed in the flesh dirty green

larva-tracks, which led from the spinal canal through between

the muscles to beneath the skin. In one instance, where

both subcutaneous and spinal larve were present, a larva was

met with between the spinous processes of the vertebral

columu; hitherto I have not seen definite larva-passages.

It is true that when @strus-larve are present the epidural

fat has a dirty yellow colour; sometimes there is found

72 Mr. P. Koorevaar on the

in the fat a green granular mass; above it is flabby and

cedematous.

With a view to making sure whether these spinal larve

were the Jarvee of Hypoderma, I inserted them under the skin

of another animal, in order that they might there become

adult and in order from them, if possible, to breed Hypo-

derma bovis.

I selected as subject of experiment a small dog, which

since the beginning of January had been supplied with food

infected with Echinococcus veterinorum. On February 3rd

J introduced, under aseptic precautions, through an opening

2 centimetres wide, beneath the skin in the left lumbar region

eleven spinal Mstrus-larve taken from a ealf. The wound

was closed and healed quickly, the state of the dog remained

normal, and nothing was seen of the eleven larve inserted.

Eight days Jater in the same manner fifteen larve were

introduced under the skin of the right side ; scarcely an hour

Jater one of my colleagues and I reopened the wound, and saw

to our astonishment that all the larve with the exception of

one had disappeared. Two days afterwards I observed a

larva lying under the skin on the costal wall, 8 centimetres

away from the wound; its rounded oblong form was dis-

tinctly visible through ‘the thin skin of the dog; one could

feel it roll under the finger. On the third day it “had crawled

forward as far as the spinous processes, and on the fourth it

had disappeared.

The dog remained normal; fourteen days after the first

insertion there was still nothing to be seen under the skin.

What had become of the twenty-six larve in the dog ?

To settle the point I decided to open the animal.

The autopsy was interesting.

On removing the skin five still living larvee were found in

the subcutis—one on the left costal wall, one in front of the

shoulder, one on the right thigh, one on the skull, and the

fifth larva on the point of the jaw. In the subeutis and in

the underlying muscles no traces of their wanderings were

observable; but certain cedematous spots were found in the

subcutis and the muscles.

On opening the abdomen some bloody matter exuded.

Six larve were found between the folds of the intestine, and

therefore free in the peritoneal cavity.

I found, further, five larve in the fat of the spleen, kidneys,

omentum, ‘inguinal canal, and the retro-peritoneal tissue; the

removal of the kidneys disclosed three more larva upon the

psoas muscles.

In the pleural cavities no larvae were found lying free; still

five larvee were met with, three of which were in the wall of

the cesophagus and two in the peritracheal tissue.

Larval Stage of Hypoderma bovis. 73

The discovery in the spinal canal was very remarkable ;

on exposing the cord it was found that two larve were

ensconced in the fat between the dura mater spinalis and the

periosteum; the fat around the place was somewhat softer

and injected with blood.

All the twenty-six larve introduced were found, and for

the most part alive.

They had wandered far in a relatively short time—eight to

fourteen days after they had been introduced under the skin.

In spite of careful examination no traces or tracks of the

course followed by the larve could be found.

Certain sinall cedematous patches were indeed present in

the subcutis and between the muscles, and some bloody

humour was found in the abdominal cavity.

On February 17th I introduced in the same manner twenty

spinal Gstrus-larve under the skin of an eighteen-monthis-old

he-goat. So far as lam aware, the larve of Hypoderma bovis

are not found in the goat.

On February 29th I found in the he-goat five subcutaneous

swellings, each with a central opening, from which there

exuded a dirty white fluid. I propose to allow these larvee to

mature.

I fed two young dogs simultaneously with spinal Zstrus-

larve, introduced into the pharynx by means of a spatula.

The dogs were killed after two and four days respectively.

On autopsy I have been unable to find a single larva outside

the alimentary tract or remains of the larve in the stomach

or intestine.

I introduced ten larva directly into the cesophagus of a

rabbit by means of arubber tube. [or three days [ examined

the feces; but neither in them nor in the rabbit, which I

afterwards killed, could I find any trace of the injected larve.

As it appeared from the autopsy of the dog, the larve

introduced under the skin wandered about into various places

agreeing with those in which they are found in cattle. This

discovery, in connexion with the negative result produced by

the introduction of the larvae per os, causes me to incline to

the opinion that the young larve of Hypoderma bovis at first

pass beneath the skin, and from thence betake themselves to

the spinal canal and other places, to return later into the

subcutis and there undergo further development under the

well-known conditions.

I hope later on to publish a communication as to the dis-

covery of the further development of the spinal larve beneath

the skin of the he-goat.

March, 1896.

Td Bibliographical Notice.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Penycuik Experiments. By J. C. Ewart, M.D., F.R.S., Regius

Professor of Natural History, University of Edinburgh. (A. & C.

Black.) 8vo. London, 1899. Pp. xcii, 177, with 46 illustrations

distributed through text, process, mostly from photographs.

Unrortunatety the title of this volume appears to be defective or

misleading, and probably ought to have read ‘ Penycuik Hguine

Experiments.’ The author may be surprised one day, should he

find it in some library catalogues classed under currency-question

subjects—for such things, and even stranger ones, not unfrequently

happen. The binding of the book may save this contingency,

for its zebrine style is strikingly characteristic. Once for all, we

may say the illustrations are very effective (especially those of the

foals and of the heads), showing the body, legs, and face-markings.

At first we thought the repetition of a few of the figures was a

mistake; but careful study of the text has led us to a different

conclusion.

The somewhat long introduction (93 pages) is devoted to a

consideration of zebra hybrids generally, to the principles of breeding

of various domestic animals, to telegouy (=infection), to saturation

(=absorption of some of the elements or nature of parentage), and

to sterility in equine hybrids. Then follows Part I., containing :—

A. The birth of a hybrid between a Burchell’s zebra and a mare ;

B. The zebra-horse hybrids.

Part II. enters into a more detailed or specific account of tele-

gony, with observations on the striping of zebras and horses and on

reversion in the Equide. An appendix to the latter deals chiefly

with letters and observations of others on telegonal experimental

breeding, and it ends with remarks on the desirability of trial of

some fifteen different sorts of crosses between the horse tribe, cattle,

sheep, and swine.

A considerable portion of the contents of this book has at various

intervals appeared as contributions to ‘The Veterinarian,’ and one

paper in ‘The Zoologist,’ besides lectures delivered at the Royal

Institution. To a certain section of the public then it is not entirely

new matter; but as collected in one handy illustrated volume it

will be much more accessible to naturalists and the general public,

many of the latter now taking a deep interest in this and cognate

subjects.

So far as we can judge, we believe we are in approximate agree-

ment with the quintessence of Prof. Ewart’s volume, namely, his

views on Reversion ; yet at the same time we may own to at first

having been bewildered by the reiteration of data and the same

differently expressed. This leads us to think that, instead of re-

printing the separate papers previously published in journals, and

endeavouring to connect them together by a general introduction,

the author himself saying “ which must also serve as a preface and,

to a certain extent, as a supplement,” it would have enhanced the

work if it had been entirely recast into a continuous whole. But

Bibliographical Notice. 75

then condensation implies labour, and in the end does not look so

much. The literary style is both easy and popular.

Prof. Ewart’s experiments on crossing members of the Equide

commenced in the beginning of 1895 at Penycuik, Midlothian,

Scotland, where he set up a small stud-farm. — His first cross-breed

was between a male Burchell’s zebra (£. Burchellit, var. Chapmant)

aud a female black-coloured West Highland pony. From them was

derived a young male hybrid (“ Romulus”). This has the united

characters of both parents, though different from both and not

mule-like. The neck and head are of zebra-form, the body and limbs

more resemble those of the horse, though the hoofs are zebrine. The

body-colour shortly after birth showed up chiefly as bright golden

yellow, with rich dark brown stripes.

According to Ewart the stripes and other markings bear more

resemblance to those of the Somali zebra (Z. Grevy?) than to Burchell’s

species. Before many months the colt began to shed its coat and

afterwards to darken in tint, and this has increased in density.

In temper, though ordinarily quiet, yet at times he is as easily

excited, restless, and startled when seeing strange objects as is his

sire the zebra. He carries himself proudly and with as dainty a

step and dignity as the zebra.

The second cross was between an Irish mare, a bay with black

points, and the above Burchell’s zebra. The foal (a male, named

“ Remus”) is much lighter in colour than ‘“ Romulus,” to wit a

rich light bay. The plan of the striping of this second hybrid is

similar to the first, the bands of a dark reddish hue. Before long

the mane assumed a somewhat erect attitude. As it shed its coat

some months after birth, this was renewed by a thicker bay and

brown inner one and an outer longer stronger-haired fringe. All

four limbs have warts (chestnuts). Curiosity has been the chief

feature in this animal as a foal.

The third hybrid was a cross between the same male Burchell’s

zebra and a Clydesdale mare—a bay with black points, white fore-

head, heavy mane and tail, and plenty of hair at the fetlocks. At

birth this female hybrid (“‘ Brenda”) was much like an ordinary

bay foal; but shortly after faint indistinct striping began to appear,

though even afterwards not strongly marked. The right hind leg

wart is wanting in this animal, Brow-arches, as in the other

hybrids, do not round, but are more pointed, as in a Norwegian

pony and a quagga at Amsterdam. The banding of the neck and

body generally agrees with the stripes of the male hybrid no. 1,

though less pronounced and with a tendency to shadow-stripes.

Heavily built, with mule-like ears and tail, she is, so to say, a high-

stepper in action.

Prof. Ewart’s fourth zebrine hybrid (a female) is the product

of a black female Shetland pony, and, as he states it, “is more

of the zebra than any of my other hybrids.” The body is of

a leathery dun shade, partly reddish brown, with nearly black

stripes, and there are stripes, not spots, across the loins and croup,

with brow-arches as in no. 1 hybrid. The hoofs are longer than in

76 Bibliographical Notice.

the zebra, and warts are deficient on the hind legs; the mane is

short and upright in summer, long and pendent in winter. This

fourth hybrid (‘* Norette”) has been more intelligent than the others

and quieter in disposition; her appearance is quaint, with an old-

fashioned bygone-age look.

The fifth hybrid (‘* Heckla”) is the produce of askewbald Iceland

pony. ‘the dam has much white about her, and with a pale

yellow body-tint. The experimenter expected the female offspring

would be nearly as light in body-tint as the male Burchell’s zebra

parent; but, instead, this foal is the darkest of all the zebrine

hybrids. Her coat is heavy, though she agrees in the main in

build and markings with no. 1 hybrid (“ Romulus”). Her action

is freer, though more like that of a hackney than a zebra.

Some of the above dams were afterwards put to horses, and

this second progeny receives full description from the author, part

of which is referred to under telegony. The above five hybrids and

other cross-breeds, along with further experiments on pigeons,

fowls, rabbits, and dogs by the author, and references and com-

parisons with the Jabours of others in the field of hybrid produce,

form the basis of the general introduction and of the chapter more

particularly devoted to Telegony and Reversion among the Equide.

We need hardly make special reference to the chapter on “ The

Principles of Breeding” in the General Introduction, as some of the

data again crop up when the transmission of characters is discusse?.

We may note en passant that in allusion to the third-week embryotie

condition of the horse, when it becomes a bent-double fish-like °

creature, be says “the tail is bilobed like that of a mermaid,

manatee “—surely a slip of the pen for dugong ? (see Ryder, Develop,

of Cetacea, Rep. U.S. Fisheries for 1885).

With regard to the fascinating doctrine of Infection of the Germ-

plasm— Weismann’s Telegony—Prof. Ewart speaks pretty strongly

from his own experiments and others’ investigation of the subject.

He says :—“ The result, so far, is that the evidence in support of

undoubted ‘ infection ’ having even occurred is most unsatisfactory.

In every case investigated the supposed infection could be accounted

for by the relatively simple reversion hypothesis. ... . I do not

by any means say telegony is impossible, that it never has occurred

in the past and never will occur in the future; but I think I am

justified in saying ‘infection’ has never been experimentally pro-

duced, and that the kind of ‘infection’ so widely believed in by

breeders, if not impossible, is at least extremely improbable.” He

goes on to mention the oft-quoted Lord Morton’s mare, which

Ewart does not believe was infected by the quagga, and he gives

figures and argument thereon.

Ewart further refers to his own experiments, and describes foals

subsequently got from the several dams (supra) by horses after

their having had foals by Burchell’s zebra. These did not support

the telegony hypothesis. As a climax he says, “ 1 am now satisfied

that [ordinary] foals are far more often marked with stripes—

apparent or real—than is generally supposed.”

Bibliographical Notice. li

The above views strongly support those held by Settegast *,

Weismann ?, Kuhn +, Nathusius §, as well as some authorities in

this country ||, though it is opposed to Herbert Spencer 7, Dr. Harvey

of Aberdeen **, and others’ explanation of the phenomenon.

Nor does the “Saturation ” hypothesis find any more favour with

Prof. Ewart. He quotes Bruce Lowe’s definition tf of it, that at

“ each mating and bearing the dam absorbs some of the nature or

actual circulation of the yet unborn foal, until she eventually

becomes saturated with the sire’s nature or blood, as the case may

be.” Prof. Ewart proceeds to show froin others’ and his own

experiments that supposititious cases of saturation are but more

pronounced ones of reversion, due to better nutrition of the germ-

cells &e.

Concerning sterility in equine hybrids, he thinks it is not in

obedience to any natural law they are so. His experiments lead

him to believe that preferential mating accounts for much, especially

in the horse tribe ; while it is noteworthy that a number of species

of other animals and plants yield when crossed fertile offspring.

Prof. Ewart enters into detail, and nicely figures the peculiarities

and differences of the so-called species of zebras and hybrids.

He considers the Somali zebra (HZ. Grevyi) the most primitive

form. This with the mountain zebra (Z. zebra) and the group of

Burchell’s zebras are to him distinct types, but they cannot be

readily distinguished from each other by their markings. There-

fore we may add that Mr. R. I. Pocock’s excellent paper on “ The

Species and Subspecies of Zebras” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx.

1897) may well be studied for comparison, this author’s presumed

subspecies being well defined. He notes the gradual lessening of

the stripes from north to south, being absent in the hindquarters of

the quagga south of the Orange River. See also Sir W. Flower’s

remarks (‘The Horse,’ 1891) and P. L. Sclater’s various memo-

randa on zebra species (P. Z. §.).

The question is started by Prof. Ewart, Were the ancestors of

the horse striped? And as side-issues thereon he discusses the

points as to face and head, neck, body, and leg-stripes. He con-

cludes that the ancestral horse was striped in a manner intermediate

between the common and Somali zebras. The croup- and rump-

stripes he regards as comparatively a recent acquisition in the zebras.

He suggests though that in pigs spots, and not dark bands, were

the original coloration, these afterwards merging into stripes &c.

* ‘Die Thierziecht,’ Band i.

+ ‘The Germ-Plasm: a Theory of Heredity.’ English translation by

Prof. W. N. Parker.

¢ An experienced veterinarian of Halle, quoted by Weismann and

Ewart.

§ ‘Ueber Shorthorn Rindvich,’ &e.

| See works of Darwin, Romanes, Galton, &c.

‘Contemporary Review,’ 1893, &e.

*## A remarkable effect of cross-breeding quoted by Ewart.

++ ‘Breeding on the Figure System,’ quoted by Ewart.

78- Miscellaneous.

We might instance the tapirs, swine, and some deer (all branches

of the early trunk of the Ungulata), which in their youthful stages

exhibit spotting, which afterwards is relatively effaced with

increasing age. *

- Respecting Atavisim, or Apparent Reversion, in the Equide, he

refers to the ancestral dentition, to the five-toed ancestor, to occa-

sional instances of cleft hoof, to at times a complete ulna in recent

horses, as taking after the prototype of ancient equine forms. He

instances Protohippus and Hipparion, the former as the ancestor of

the breeds of horses, the latter as common ancestor of asses and

zebras, without giving any decided data thereon *.

Reference is made to Mr. Bateson’s ¢ limits of reversion getting

credit for things sufficiently accounted for by variation. Nevertheless,

Prof. Ewart says:—‘‘ The heredity problem is sufficiently difficalt

as it is, but if we are debarred from invoking the assistance of the

reversion hypothesis, it will become hopelessly incomprehensible.”

In substance he most justly observes that preponderance is given

to the colour of the dermal system in experiments as bearing on

reversion, while habits and general structure only occupy the back-

ground. Notwithstanding this cautious advice the author himself

has fallen into the trap, though he has endeavoured to relieve the

situation by sundry brief notes on the tempers and habits of some

of his hybrids. But the fact is, coloration, and especially zebrine

stripes, can be reasonably compared, whereas temperament and, neces-

sarily, habits are physiological factors of uncertain value on which

to base comparison.

To sum up: whatever the ultimate result of Prof. Ewart’s experi-

ments, it would seem as if we had advanced a short stage in the

matter of Telegony and Reversion, though some of his deductions

doubtless will be questioned. The researches so far are still in the

initial stage, but they are a stimulus, and it is to be hoped may be

further pursued. Finally, where is the index ?—a marked omission

in this volume—for the brief table of contents does not help much

where direct references on special points are needed.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On Ecdysis in Insects, considered as a means of Defence against

Animal or Vegetable Parasites.—Special Roles of the Tracheal and

Intestinal Ecdyses. By J. Kinexen pv’ Hercvrais,

By the experiments made by us in Algeria for the purpose of en-

deavouring to infect young Acridians (migratory locusts) by means

of spores of the fungus that we discovered upon the adults—the

* For an excellent epitome of ‘The Horse,’ his ancestors and living

relations, clothed in most popular language, commend us to Flower’s

volume, with its reference to the paleontological and other literature of

the Equide. Tegetmeier and Sutherland’s ‘ Horses, Asses, Zebras, and

Mules, and Mule Breeding’ (1895) may also be profitably consulted,

t See his ‘ Materials for the Study of Variation,’ 1894,

Miscellaneous, 79

Lachnidium acridiorum, Giard—we ascertained that the repeated

moults of these insects, which take place on an average once a

week, are opposed to the fixation of the spores upon the integu-

ments *. On the other hand, if we consider that it is often the

stigmatic apertures that, in the adults, serve as a means of penetra-

tion for the spores, and if we remember that, after the spores have

germinated, the ramifications of a thick mycelium block up the

tracheal trunks, producing the phenomena of asphyxia Tt, we are

obliged to recognize that, in the case of young Acridians, the casting

off, with the integument, of the internal coat of the trachee is a

serious obstacle to the preservation of the spores in the medium

suitable for their germination.

In the course of the mission that we are accomplishing under the

government of the Argentine Republic, we have been enabled to

make observations which give a larger bearing to these preliminary

remarks.

In drawing attention to the rédle of the pigments in the pheno-

mena of histolysis and histogeny which accompany metamorphosis

in the case of the migratory locust (Schistocerca peregrina, Olivier) t,

we showed that after each ecdysis these Acridians excreted pig-

mentary matter with the feces, which were thus found to be

coloured pink, instead of remaining greenish brown as in the course

of each of the stages of their development. In following very

closely the development of the Parana locust (Schistocerca para-

nensis, Burmeister), in order to see if we could not discover some

peculiarity that might have escaped us, we have been led to examine

the first excreta after the completion of metamorphosis; the result

was that it was discovered that the feeces, like those of the African

species, were charged with red pigmentary granulations. But this

time, on pushing the analysis further, the microscopical examination

showed us that these excreta were in reality a kind of sacs formed

by the cuticle of the intestine. These sacs, immediately after

being deposited, on being immersed in distilled water exhibited the

most interesting peculiarities; from the very first they were seen to

be inflated by large bubbles of air, which maintained them in

suspension ; these bubbles were nothing else than the remains of

* J. Kiinckel d’Herculais and Ch. Langlois, “ Les Champignons para-

sites des Acridiens ” (C. R. de la Soc. de Biol. 9° sér. t. iii. p. 490, June 20,

1891 ; ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. exiii. p. 1465, June 22, 1891; Ann. de la

Soe. ent. de Fr. t. lxi., 1891 Bull. t. evi., June 24).

+ A. Giard, “Observations sur les Champignons parasites de |’ Acri-

dium peregrinum” (C. R. de la Soc. Biol. Y* sér, t. ili. p. 492, June 20,

1891); A. Giard, “ Nouvelles Etudes sur le Lachnidium acridiorum, Giard,

Champignon parasite du Criquet pélerin” (Rev. gén. de Bot. t. iv. pp. 459,

460, 1892).

t J. Kiinckel d’Herculais, “ Le Criquet pélerin, Schistocerca peregrina,

Olivier, et ses changements de Coloration. Rédle des Pigments dans les

Phénoménes d’Histolyse et d’Histogénése qui accompagnent la Métamor-

phose” (Comptes rendus de la Société de Bivlogie, 9° série, t. iv. p. 56,

1892; Comptes Rendus, t. exiv. p. 240, February 1, 1892 ; Annales de

la Société entomologique de France, t. lxii, Bulletin, p. 25, 18:2).

80 Miscellaneous.

the masses of air which fill the digestive tract in order to enable

the metamorphosis to take place, as we have shown by our previous

studies *; moreover, in the midst of the granulations resulting

from the histolysis of the tissues and of the granulations of reab-

sorbed pigment, there were soon perceived a number of Gregarines.

Thus, then, these Protozoa were got rid of like waste matter, in the

same way as the products of histolysis. From this we may under-

stand that each moult not only occasions the regeneration of the

normal tissues, but that it also results in freeing the organism from

the parasites which cause the denutrition of these tissues.

From these facts is to be deduced a series of results, some of

which are physiological, while the others are of an essentially prac-

tical order. In factif the observers, and this particularly applies to

M. Louis Léger fT, who have sought for Gregarine in the digestive

tract of Acridians did not succeed in meeting with these parasites

in the case of migratory locusts, while they found them in

species belonging to the same group, the reason was that the

locusts in question had rid themselves of the parasites by shedding

their intestinal cuticle; between the ecdyses they abound in the

Parana locust; they diminish in number after each ecdysis$. On

the other hand, everyone is aware that in Europe (in Russia,

France, and other countries), in Africa (Algeria, Cape of Good Hope),

as also in America (United States, Argentine Republic), great

hopes have been founded upon certain parasitic organisms (fungi,

bacilli, Protozoa) for arresting the multiplication of destructive

insects, and especially of migratory locusts. But we see from

these observations that these insects with rapid development are in

possession of a very simple means of ridding themselves from these

organisms, in being able to regenerate themselves at each stage of

their development. Thus we are able to understand the resistance

that, under the conditions of normal existence, insects are capable of

offering to the contamination or disorganizing action of vegetable or

animal parasites.— Comptes Rendus, t. exxviii. no. 10 (March 6,

1899), pp. 620-622.

* J. Kiinckel d’Herculais, “ Du réle de l’Air dans le Mécanisme physio-

logique de l’Eclosion, des Mues, et de la Métamorphose chez les Insectes

orthoptéres de la Famille des Acridides” (Comptes Rendus, t. ex. p. 107,

1890).

+ Louis Léger, “ Sur une Grégarine nouvelle des Acridiens d’Algérie ”

(Comptes Rendus, t. exvii., Dec. 4, 1893). at

¢ This Gregarine belongs to the genus Clepsidrina, Hammerschmidt,

and we shall term it Clepsidrina paranensis, for the double purpose of

recalling the fact that it is found in the country watered by the Parané,

and that itSinfests Schistocerca paranensis, the migratory locust of South

America. It is probable that it also inhabits the digestive tract of other

species of Acridians. Although it attains the size of Clepsidrina

acridiorum, Léger, and though its deutomerite is consequently four times

larger than its protomerite, it differs in the general shape of the deuto-

merite, which is ellipsoidal instead of being cylindrical, and in the colora-

tion of the granulations of the endocyte, which are not tinged with reddish

yellow, but are of a uniform yellowish white.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

No. 20. AUGUST 1899.

V.—WNotes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf,

and Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend,

with Descriptions of Twenty-seven Species. By JAMES

Cosmo MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S., &.

[Plates I. & II.]

THE present paper constitutes the third of a series * written

to further the elucidation of the large molluscan collections

gathered from time to time during the past seven or eight

years by Mr. F. W. Townsend, of the Indo-European

Telegraph Service, mainly amongst the islands and bays of

the Persian Gulf and that portion of the Arabian Sea

impinging on the Mekran coast of Beluchistan as far as

Karachi. In the second of these papers t a full account of

the methods employed in dredging and of the area traversed,

with sundry other particulars, is given; but it seems unneces-

sary to reproduce here any of these details, to which I would

simply refer any who may be interested in the narration,

Suffice to say that I hope some day to be able to prepare

as complete a catalogue as possible of these collections, the

* Cf. Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. vol. xli. pt. 3, 1896-97, pp. 1-26;

vol. xlii. pt. 2, 1897-98, pp. 1-389.

pe 6 ppl.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 6

82 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

individual species already noted numbering about 1100,

speaking roughly ; and since labels have been carefully kept

with each individual, stating the depth, locality, quality of

ground, &c. at which found, I believe such a_ publication

would be of much value to all who are interested in geogra-

phical distribution.

So little attention has been hitherto paid—not, indeed,

until the last decade of this century—to the productions of

the very extensive and prolific area having Bushire for its

western and Karachi for its eastern limit, that it is hardly

surprising to find what a wealth of hitherto unrevealed forms

has been brought to light through Mr. Townsend’s un-

remitting exertions, ably supported as he is by many of those

with whom he is officially connected (e. g. Mr. B. T. F finch,

C.1.E., Director in Chief of the Telegraph Department,

Captain Tindall, of the 8.8. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ and Mr. J. A.

O’ Maley), even though it has as yet been found impossible to

exceed the 100-fathom limit, or, in fact, quite to attain it in

dredging, and therefore no specialized abyssal forms have

been received which would at all compare, for instance, with

the results of the cruise of the ‘ Investigator’ in the Bay of

Bengal.

But, notwithstanding this, the results so far have been

more than gratifying. About ten per cent. of the total

number catalogued are new to science; these, with the excep-

tion of eight or ten differentiated by Mr. G. B. Sowerby *,

have been all described by myself in the two papers already

referred to, and the addition of the following twenty-seven

will swell the total to more than a hundred new forms,

When, in 1893-96, at first in conjunction with Mr. A.

Abercrombie, I drew up lists of Bombay marine mollusea, of

which no less than fifty-two had to be described, I expressed

a strong opinion that this fauna was highly specialized and

the number of endemic forms unusually great. How within

so few years this conviction has become utterly falsified may

best be inferred from the fact that of the fifty-two species no

less than thirty-one have been found to occur in the Townsend

collection ¢, mostly dredged near Karachi and the coast of

Beluchistan, thus tending to prove that while certain forms

may be confined to the North Indian Ocean, their range is

wide there, and they mostly occur plentifully if locally.

I would particularly draw attention, among the Pelecypoda

* Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. i. pp. 214 & 278 sqq.

+ A new figure of one of these, Cerithiopsis (Seila) bandorensis, Melvy.,

being necessary, it is here given (Pl. I. fig. 12).

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c. 83

described in this paper, to a Mactrinula, a Lucina, and Cryp-

todon victorialis, all three of unusual delicacy. In Gastro-

poda a fine Fusus, two Mitre, a beautiful Natica, and a

Lacuna, the second of a northern genus to be described

from tropical seas, are, perhaps, the most noteworthy.

But there still are more Pleurotomide in proportion to other

orders represented ; indeed it is both curious and deeply

interesting to observe how much that is fresh this highly

organized assemblage of mollusks continues yearly to afford

from all parts of the world and at all depths. One of our

greatest desiderata is, and I fear may long continue to be,

an up-to-date monograph of this group, fossil as well as recent,

for it seems to me that certain Drillie, Clathurelle, and

Mangilie, especially, of the Tertiary formation run very close

to, if they are not absolutely identical with, similar existing

forms.

Fusus Townsendi, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 1.)

F. testa eleganter fusiformi, usque apicem rapide attenuata, cinerea,

rufo- vel brunneo-purpureo suffusa; anfractibus 11, duobus apicali-

bus globulosis, vitrifactis, ochraceis vel brunneis inclusis, ceteris

apud suturas multum impressis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis

fortibus, crassis, ad medium acuticarinatis, et fusco-pictis, ultimo

in anfraetu ad numerum novem, superficie tota spiraliter arcte

filo-lirata, ad medium anfractuum perforti, interstitiis tenui-

liratis ; apertura oblonga, intus cinerea, striata; canali perlongo

(ad 32 mm.), arcte lirato usque ad basim; labio tenui; columella

nitida, paullum reflexa.

Long. 80, lat. 24 mm. (sp. maj.).

nO: 4... fou... ~ (Sp. maint),

Hab. Persian Gulf, dredged at 10-12 fathoms, in sand and

mud, off Gais (or Kais), Hinderabi, and Sheik Shuaib Isles.

A fine species, with a resemblance to F. tuberculatus,

Lamk., or toreuma, Mart., in miniature. Many examples

were forwarded by Mr. Townsend, nearly all, even the most

juvenile, covered, especially towards the apex, with Lepralia.

Unlike tuberculatus, the dark coloration is on the ribs, not at

the interstices. The colour varies from ochreous or stra-

mineous to purplish brown on a grey ground; the whorls are

eleven in number, two being apical and glassy brown, the

rest are very strongly ribbed, all acutely angled in the middle

of each whorl, the ribs showing here most prominently,

with narrow white spaces surrounded by a dark brown

coloration. The spiral lire are very close and fine. Canal

much produced ; aperture oblong; mouth ay and

84 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

spirally striate. Outer lip thin. Columella shining, somewhat

reflexed.

About twelve examples, all similar excepting in coloration.

Named in honour of the discoverer, Mr. Frederick W.

Townsend, of Manora, Karachi.

Nassa (Hima) ischna*, sp. n. (PI. 1. fig. 1.)

N. testa parva, multum attenuata, apice acutissimo, cinereo-alba,

lete infra suturas et ad medium anfractus ultimi (interdum inter

costas solum, interdum undique) brunneo-fasciata ; anfractibus 93,

quorum 2 apicales albi, vitrei, ceteris longitudinaliter costatis,

costis corrugatis, apud ultimum in numero tredecim, undique

spiraliter liratis, ad costarum juncturam gemmuliferis; labro

extus albo, incrassato, intus denticulato; columella alba, nitida,

haud multum incrassata.

Long. 10, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Persian Gulf, near Muscat.

A small but very striking Nassa, extremely attenuate and

acuminate, ashy white, brightly banded just below the sutures

and in the centre of the last whorl with brown, this some-

times only appearing in the interstices between the ribs, in

other examples on the ribs as well, uniformly. The ribs are

roughened with the gemmez which appear at the point of junc-

ture with the spiral lire. On the last whorl there are about

thirteen ribs. ‘The whorls are about nine and a half; of these

the apical are white, glassy, and shining. The aperture is

ovate ; outer lip white, shining, thickened, within denticulate ;

columella only slightly thickened, white, shining.

There seems much in common, save for form, between this

species and N. mammillijera t, Melv., also from the Persian

Gulf, which I originally designated as belonging to the sub-

genus Niotha, Ad. I should now be disposed to place both

these forms in ima, Leach. These subdivisions are in

some instances quite misleading, and I have found occa-

sionally a species that might almost equally well belong

to two or three of them. Notha is characterized as differing

from Hima in three salient particulars :—

(a) In short as against elevated spire.

(b) Very large callus, compared with a callus only “ de-

fined.”

(c) Outer lip with no, as opposed to a conspicuous mar-

ginal, varix.

A few examples, in fine condition, occurred.

* ioyvos, thin, attenuate.

+ Mem. Lit. & Phil. Soc, Manch. vol, xli, pt. 3, p. 4 (1896-97),

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 85

Drillia theoreta*, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

D. testa mediocri, eleganter fusiformi, albo-purpurascente ; anfracti-

bus 103, quorum apicales 14 vitrei, globosi, leves, ceteris fortiter

et longitudinaliter rotundi- Hees costis ultimum ad anfractum

in numero decem, undique spiraliter arcte filo-liratis, superficie

ad suturas brunneo maculata et hic illic ad liras eodem colore

sparsa; apertura ovato-oblonga, intus purpureo-fusca, vel, in-

terdum, albescente ; labre haud multum incrassato, sinu excavato,

Jato; columella recta; canali breviter producto.

Long. 22, lat. 6 mm. (sp. maj.).

» 1d, ,, 450mm. (sp. min., forma albescens).

Hab. Henjam Island, Persian Gulf, 20-25 fathoms, and

Sheik Shuaib Island, one large form.

Several examples. An attractive form, showing no varia-

tion in sculpture, but some in coloration and size. The albino

variety is smaller and unicolorous, being of a pale ochreous

externally, with white aperture ; the normal state exhibits a

purplish suffusion both externally and within, and scattered

dots and maculations along the spiral lire which surround

the shell, especially prominent on the ribs of the last whorl.

The whorls in all are ten to eleven, the apical being glassy

and globular, the remainder are strongly longitudinally

ribbed, the ribs numbering ten round the last whorl. The

aperture is ovate-oblong, within purplish fuscous, in the

normal examples; lip not much thickened, sinus wide,

columella straight, canal shortly produced.

Mangilia chilosema +, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)

M. testa parva, turrita, albo-straminea ; anfractibus septem, quorum

tribus apicalibus subvitreis, delicate sub lente striatulis, ceteris

quatuor ventricosulis, apud suturas multum impressis, longi-

tudinaliter rotundi-costatis, costis ultimo in anfractu ad undecim,

undique spiraliter rudi-liratis, ad suturas et apud anfractus ultimi

medium rubro-sparsis et interrupte zonatis, dorsaliter ad medium

labri conspicue rubro-maculato; apertura oblonga, intus uni-

maculata; labro crassiusculo; sinu lato, conspicuo; columellarecta;

canali truncato,

Long. 6, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Karachi and along the Mekran coast; abundant in

certain localities.

Shell small, turreted, whitish straw-colour ; whorls seven,

inclusive of the three vitreous, obscurely delicately striate,

* Oewpyros, conspicuous.

+ xeidos, lip, and ojpa, mark,

86 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

apical, the remaining four being somewhat tumid, much

impressed suturally, and longitudinally roundly ribbed; ribs

eleven in number on the last whorl, the whole surface

being spirally coarsely lirate; often in young specimens a

gemmuled appearance is noticeable on the ribs at the point of

junction with these spiral liree, but this soon wears off. At

the sutures and at the centre of the last whorl are observable

red dashes and spots and a very obscure and interrupted

deep red band ; there is one very conspicuous and characteristic

deep red spot just behind the outer lip, this being reflected

within the aperture, which is oval-oblong, the outer lip being

somewhat thickened, with broad and conspicuous sinus;

columella straight and canal somewhat truncate.

Allied to the New Caledonian species M. himerta and

himerodes, Melv. & Standen, from both of which it differs

more in form than in coloration, the characteristic dorsal red

spot being present in all three. In our catalogue of Madras

Mollusca, Mr. Standen and I referred to this species as

M. Horneana, Smith *, an almost equally abundant mollusk

in these seas with apparently identical distribution.

Mangilia galigensis, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 4.)

M. testa attenuato-fusiformi, perelongata, rufo-brunnea; anfracti-

bus novem, quorum apicali vitreo, tribus huic approximatis rufis,

unicoloribus, ceteris apud suturas compressis, ventricosulis, longi-

tudinaliter forticostatis, costis perpaucis, in ultimo septem, costis

infra, juxta suturas, albescentibus, ad medium subangulatis, super-

ficie spiraliter delicatissime striata, eleganter vittata, albis zonis

cum rufis alternata; apertura elongata; labro incrassato, nitido,

perlevi, intus nigro-rufescente, extus albo-rufo vittato; canali

breviter prolongata.

Long. 14°50, lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Galig Island.

The nearest, in fact the only close ally to this very

beautiful form is M. Townsendi, Sowb. f, but the ribs are two

or three fewer in number in each whorl and the colour is

rufous, with no tinge of greenish; all the many examples of

M. Townsendi I have seen are alike in both these particulars,

being uniformly greenish olivaceous and many ribbed. The

dimensions are about the same. I had at first thought of

describing this as a varietal form only, but I defer to the

opinion of two or three malacologists in keeping it distinct.

M. Townsendi has not, so far as I am aware, been yet found

* Journ. of Conch. vol. ix. p. 38.

+ Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 278 (1895)

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 87

in the Persian Gulf; it occurs, according to Mr. Townsend,

from low-water mark to 5 fathoms on muddy sand off the

Mekran coast of Beluchistan.

Mangilia perlonga, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.)

M. testa multum attenuata, fusiformi, solida; anfractibus octo, in-

clusis duobus apicalibus vitreis, perlevibus, nitidis, longitudinaliter

fortiter paucicostatis, costis ultimi anfractus in numero septem,

spiraliter rudi-liratis, et inter liras arctissime tenuistriatis, liris

in anfractibus supernis tribus, in penultimo quatuor, in ultimo

obscurioribus, sex vel septem ; apertura ovata, labro crassiusculo,

sinu perobscuro, columella recta, canali brevi.

Long. 7°50, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A very attenuate species, fusiform, solid, eight-whorled,

inclusive of the two glassy shining apical, longitudinally

strongly ribbed; ribs few, being seven on the last whorl,

crossed spirally with few intersecting liree, and between these

run many fine striations. ‘’he aperture is ovate, outer lip

thickened, sinus very obscure, columella straight, canal short,

Allied in form to MZ. fulvocincta, Nevill, an Indian species,

but more attenuate, and with only two, as against four,

vitreous apical whorls. Dimensions about the same.

Mangilia theskeloides*, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.)

M. testa fusiformi, versus apicem attenuata, solidiuscula; anfractibus

septem, apicali (in nostris speciminibus imperfecto) nigrescente,

ceteris turritis, ventricosulis, lete ochraceis, apud suturas et ad

medium anfractus ultimi inter costas brunneo-zonatis, et aliter

superficie omni brunneo-ochraceo sparsim depicta, costis longitu-

dinalibus fortibus spiraliter striatis, anfractu ultimo ad undecim ;

apertura angusta, oblonga; labro exteriore albo, incrassato, sinu

-perobscuro; columella recta, apud basim brunnescente,

Long. 8, lat. 4 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Karachi.

Shell fusiform, attenuate towards the apex, somewhat

solid, seven-whorled, the apical whorl imperfect in all the

examples examined, tinged with blackish brown; the rest of

the whorls are turreted, tumid, brightly ochraceous, orna-

mented with strong longitudinal ribs, which number eleven

on the last whorl; these are crossed by spiral close striae,

which are not shown on older worn specimens, ‘The most

conspicuous feature is a series of darker blackish-brown zones,

* Theskeloides, from the resemblance to M. theskela.

88 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

one just above the suture of each whorl and another in the

centre of the lowest; these zones are interrupted and only

appear between the ribs, the remainder of the surface being

painted with light brown scattered dots and flames, a series

of light spiral maculations just below the sutures being

specially prominent. The aperture is narrow, oblong, the

dark zone shows transversely across the interior. Outer lip

incrassate, sinus very obscure. Columella straight, stained

with brown at the base.

The three nearest species to this interesting Mangilia are,

perhaps, bella, Reeve, interrupta, Reeve, and theskela, Melv.

& Stand., all abundant at Lifu, the form being totally dif-

ferent, while in markings those of bed/a and theskela seem to be

combined. ‘Tryon, I may mention, unites the two former

of these species; nothing could be more distinct in my

opinion. I consider, too, that JZ. thiasotes, Melv. & Stand.,

from the Pacific Islands, comes under the same category, and

cannot, as suggested recently by Mr. C. Hedley in the

“ Mollusca of Funafuti” *, be a Daphnella.

Clathurella O’ Maleyi, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 7.)

C. testa attenuato-fusiformi, delicata, nitida, carnea; anfractibus

septem, quorum duo apicales pulchre et minutissime decussati et

alveolati, ceteris ad suturas impressis, tumidulis, nitidis, longi-

tudinaliter costatis, costis paucis, apud ultimum septem, spiraliter

obscure liratis, liris ad juncturam costarum magis conspicuis ;

apertura oblonga; labro exteriore brunneo-tincto ; columella recta ;

canali producto.

Long. 10, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. “ On shell-growth on telegraph-cable, 55 fathoms, in

mud ; lat. 25° 58’ N., long. 57° 05’ HE.” (Sea of Oman).—

i Ws

A very delicate flesh-coloured shining Pleurotomid with

oblong mouth and produced canal, seven-whorled, including

two decussated apical whorls, much impressed at the sutures,

longitudinally few-ribbed, there are but seven on the last

whorl, and spirally obscurely lirate ; the outer lip and base of

the canal are tinged with brown.

I would place this species near C. Robillard’, Barclay, in

spite of the prolonged canal. In many ways this section of

the genus differs from typical Clathurelle, but in the involved

and chaotic condition of the nomenclature any arrangement is

but tentative.

A few examples only, named in honour of Mr. Julian

* Mem. Austral, Mus, ili. p. 476 (1899).

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c. 89

Adrian O’Maley, of the Indian Government Telegraph

S.S. ‘ Patrick Stewart,’ Karachi, who has much assisted

Mr. Townsend in many of his investigations.

Latirus (Peristernia) pagodeformis, sp. n.

(PET fies

L. testa attenuata, fusiformi, fusca, ad medium costarum albescente ,

deinde infra spiraliter fusco-zonata; anfractibus decem, quorum

tres apicales pallide brunnei, vitrei, leves, ceteris tumidis, apud

suturas multum impressis, longitudinaliter rotundicostatis, costis

crassis, apud ultimum anfractum decem, undique spiraliter filo-

liratis, interstitiis arcte squamiferis ; apertura ovata, intus cinerea

vel pallidissime violacea; labro tenui, simplici; columella levi,

nitida, obscure et oblique quadriplicata ; canali longo, paullum

recurvirostri, brunneo-tincto.

Long. 28, lat. 9°50 mm.

Hab. Adhering to the telegraph-cable at 20 fathoms, mud ;

lat. 25° N., long. 63° E.

The nearest congener of this shell is LZ. (Peristernia) pul-

chellus, Reeve, of which we have seven examples, as far as

this region is concerned, from Ceylon, the Angrias Bank,

west of Bombay, and likewise from Muscat, where Mr. Towns-

end has dredged it at 10 fathoms. This new form differs in

its far more tumid whorls, pinched in and compressed at the

sutures, and likewise in the long, recurved, and fuscous-tinged

canal; the whole spire is far more attenuate, the proportion

of the last whorl as breadth is to length being 8:15, while

in ZL. pulchellus it is 15:22 in a normal-sized example.

L. pagodeformis is ten-whorled, three being pale brown,

glassy, and apical; the remaining seven are tumid, longitu-

dinally thickly and roundly ribbed, and spirally lirate ; colour

fuscous-brown, whitish towards the middle of each whorl,

where the ribs naturally are most prominent, and on the last

whorl just below this runs an indistinct spiral zone of darker

brown. The aperture is oval, coloured within cinereous or

very pale violet, never carnation or crimson as in pulchellus ;

the outer lip is thin and normally simple, columella obscurely

and obliquely four-plaited; canal long, recurved, suffused at

the base with brown.

I may add that this species seems more distinct from

L. pulchellus than does L. nassoides, Reeve, though perhaps

the recurved canal of the latter may constitute a specific

character. Both are figured in the Conch. Icon. vol. iv.,

Turbinella, figs. 65 & 71 (1847).

Two or three examples.

90 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

Mitra (Pusia) Elize, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 2.)

M. testa utrinque attenuata, fusiformi, solidula, albescente; an-

fractibus 10-11, apicali nitida, perlevi, ceteris gradatulis, apud

suturas impressis, arcte longitudinaliter costatis, undique spi-

raliter sulcatis, sulcis crebris, ultimo in anfractu 13, penultimo

4-5, ad juncturam costarum summam ochraceo-punctatis vel

lineatis, interstitiis aliter levibus; anfractibus superne juxta

suturas, et in ultimo, apud medium fusco-cinctis, ad basim paullum

nodulifero ; apertura oblonga, fuscescente; labro recto, extus ad

partem inferam crenulato; columella ochraceo-tincta, quadri-

plicata.

Long. 18, lat. 6°50 mm.

flab, In coral-sand, dredged at 10 fathoms, Sheik Shuaib

Island, Persian Gulf.

Two fine examples of a Pusia of elegant fusiform contour,

attenuate at both ends, somewhat solid, white, ten- to eleven-

whorled, the apical being shining, smooth, the remainder

gradate and compressed at the sutures, smooth, closely ribbed,

and spirally crossed by many revolving sulci, these being

orange-dotted or lineated at the point of junction with the

centre of each rib. Obscurely at the sutures, but very distinctly

in the centre of the last whorl, run spiral fuscous zones ; this

latter shades off gradually towards the base; the aperture is

oblong, fuscous ; outer lip straight, crenulate in its lower part ;

columella tinged with ochre, four times plaited.

Allied to M/. infausta, Reeve, from Ticao, and M. fulvo-

sulcata, Melv., from Mauritius and Lifu. Neither of these

species, however, has the fusiform contour nor any sign of

the brown central fascia, though agreeing in the ochreous

spiral sulci.

Mitra (Costellaria) revelata, sp. n.

(Pl. II. figs. 3, 3 a.)

M. testa turriculata, fusiformi, albida, parum nitente, solidiuscula ;

anfractibus 10-11, apicalibus seepe puniceo-tinctis, ceteris grada-

tulis, superne arcte longitudinaliter costatis, costis levibus,

obtusis, ultimo in anfractu, precipue dorsaliter, plerumgue fere

evanidis, superficie longitudinaliter tenuiter brunneo-lineata, apud

medium obscure brunneo-zonulata; apertura oblonga, alba; labro

exteriore recto, crassiusculo ; columella quadriplicata.

Long. 21, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Sheik Shuaib Island, 7-20 fathoms, in sand and

mud; in 10-15 fathoms off Kais (or Gais) Island, in shingle

and dead coral, Persian Gulf.

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, éc. 91

A species apparently common, though local, in the Persian

Gulf, and probably extending in both a southerly and east-

ward direction.. It has hitherto been confounded with

M. pacifica, Reeve, of which I possess an original type from

the collection of the late Sir D. Barclay, Bart., the example

figured in Sowb. Thes. Conch. t. ecelxxviii. fig. 630, which

exhibits a form more compressed, strongly shouldered, and

angulate in the upper portion of each whorl, very rugose, and

ribs fewer but more marked in proportion. I consider this

latter species nearer to the variable J/. cadaverosa, Reeve, so

abundant in the Philippines, and especially the islands of the

Pacific. M. Wisemanni, Dohrn, is in size nearer our shell,

but the clearly defined and frequent longitudinal ribs, un-

varying in all the specimens I have seen, amply distinguish

it. Jam much indebted to Mr. Sowerby for especially calling

my attention to this hitherto neglected species.

Erato olivaria, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

E. testa arcuato-pyramidata, solida, lete olivacea, apice subconico ;

anfractibus quatuor, supernis interdum rugosulis, interdum

levibus, ultimo anfractu levi, rapide accrescente, tumidulo,

pyriformi, apud basim paullum attenuato; apertura angusta,

oblonga; labro exteriore crassiusculo, denticulis quindecim intus

predito, margine columellari, et precipue versus basim, incras-

sato, denticulato.

Long. 6, lat. 3°25 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A few examples of a somewhat solid smoothish Lrato,

conspicuous for its bright olive hue; the apex is subconical ;

whorls four, the last being large, pyriform, somewhat attenuate

at the base, the mouth narrowly oblong; outer lip thickened,

denticulate within, with fifteen little teeth ; columellar margin

thickened, especially towards the base, and then also den-

ticled. ‘This species slightly resembles the European L£. levis,

Donovan.

The only other known smooth species of a uniform green

or olive hue is Z. prayensis, Rochbrune, from the Cape Verd

Islands, but, from description, would seem to differ both in

form and lip-characters.

Natica Ponsonbyi, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 4.)

NV. testa globosa, anguste sed profunde umbilicata, solida, levi,

paullum nitida, albida; anfractibus 4—5, apicali fere immerso,

nigro, ceteris supra suturas castaneo-fasciatis, ultimo anfractu

92 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

binis fasciis decorate; apertura ovata; labro simplici, paullum

incrassato ; columella nitida, alba, callosa, apud umbilicum exca~

vata; operculo lete concentrice sulcato.

Long. 17, lat. 16 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Persian Gulf (Ponsonby, in Mus. Brit.) ; Karachi

LEP. UL.

Belonging to the typical— Hunatica—section of the genus,

as characterized by the calcareous and more or less sulcate

operculum, this species bears a superficial resemblance both

in pattern and colour of fasciation to JV. spadicea, Gmel., or

rufa, Born, but is far more rotund and compact than either.

The large example figured was not dredged by Mr. Townsend,

all his specimens, though alike in other respects, being much

smaller and probably not fully grown; but it was presented

to our National Collection some years ago, with the locality

“ Persian Gulf,” by Mr. John H. Ponsonby, to whom I

have the great satisfaction of dedicating so interesting and

beautiful a species.

Scalaria (Cirsotrema) hidryma*, sp. n.

Y » Sp

(Pld. figs 10;)

S. testa attenuato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, ochraceo-fusca; anfracti-

bus apud suturas impressis, fuscis, apicalibus ?, ceteris, in numero

septem, longitudinaliter crassicostatis, costis rectis, novem in

ultimo et penultimo anfractu, spiraliter undique leniter striatis,

ultimo versus basim subangulato, incrassato, rugoso-lirato, fusces-

cente ; apertura rotunda; peristomate continuo, percrasso, fusco,

radiatim striato.

Long. 8, lat. 3 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A well-marked Cirsotrema allied to S. bicarinata, Sowb.,

attenuata, Pease, and crassilabrum, Sowb.; perhaps most

nearly to the last-named species, from which it differs in its

sutures being not so deeply impressed, thicker and more

conspicuous ribbing, much less angled more attenuate form,

the continuous, fuscous, radiately striated peristome being

similar.

Scalaria (Constantia) Standeni, sp. n.

(PL. Lfige dds

S. testa parva, fusiformi, fuscata; anfractibus octo, quorum tribus

albis, vitreis, fere levibus, cxteris yentricosis, apud suturas im-

pressis, arctissime decussatis, interstitiis exacte quadratis, ultimi

* (Spupa, a beautiful habitation,

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, cc. 93

anfractus costulis longitudinalibus circa duo et quadraginta,

spiralibus octodecim; apertura rotunda; peristomate fere con-

tinuo, paullum incrassato, albescente.

Long. 4°50, lat. 2mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A small but highly chased Constantia, of about the same

dimensions as jucunda, Adams, from Corea, but with rounder

peristome, eight instead of six whorls, and with last whorl

more ventricose and not produced basally. The colour is

fuscous; the three apical whorls are almost smooth, shining,

vitreous, the remaining five all ventricose, impressed at the

sutures, and very closely decussate, with many small longi-

tudinal riblets, crossed spirally by others of the same nature

and consistency, leaving minute quadrate interstices between

them at the point of junction. The peristome is almost

continuous, whitish, slightly incrassate, aperture round.

Several examples, some of which (which have come to hand

since the original description was framed) are lighter in colour

but otherwise identical.

I do not consider Constantia more than subgeneric.

I have much pleasure in associating this little shell with

the name of Mr. Robert Standen, Assistant Curator of the

Manchester Museum, who is about to collaborate with me in

drawing up a complete catalogue of Mr. Townsend’s large

collections of Mollusca from the Indian Ocean.

Acteopyramis Psyche, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 13.)

A, testa attenuato-fusiformi, perlonga, tenui, subpellucida, albido-

straminea; anfractibus decem, apud suturas gradatulis, apicali

heterostropho, levi, globulari, ceteris arcte sulcatis, sulcis pulchre

punctulatis, ultimo anfractu fere recto, attenuato; apertura

anguste ovata, labro tenui, margine columellari obscurissime

uniplicato,

Long. 16°50, lat. 3°50 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

A most delicate semitranslucent shell, to which the specific

name chosen seems very fitting. It is akin doubtless

to A. fulva, better, perhaps, known as Monoptygma fulva,

A. Ad.; but this name of Gray’s (1840) must become a

synonymn, as Lea had previously used it in 1835 for a sub-

genus of Ancilla, Lam. From this, however, it differs in

several salient particulars—firstly, in the paler attenuation

and straightness of whorl; secondly, in possessing two

more whorls; thirdly, in the last whorl not being the least

shouldered at the periphery; fourthly, in the whitish and

94 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

subpellucid consistency; and, lastly, in the close and fine

punctuation of the interstices, A. fulva, Ad., having sulci

quite plain and smooth throughout.

Odostomia eutropia *, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 14.)

O. testa ovato- vel oblongo-fusiformi, candida, perlevi, nitida ;

anfractibus 6—7, apicali heterostropho, lacteo, bulbiformi, cateris

profunde ad suturas canaliculatis, paullum gradatis, nequaquam

ventricosis, ultimo spiraliter ad peripheriam unicarinato, aliter

leevissimo ; apertura ovata, intus spirali-striata ; labro vix, preeter

ad basim, incrassato ; columella fortiter uniplicata.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mm. (sp. maj.).

520, 10a BS nim.(sp.;mans).

Hab. Karachi; also in mud at 25 fathoms, lat. 26° 23’ N.,

long. 54° 53’ HK.

Shell either ovate or oblong-fusiform, bright shining white ;

whorls six or seven, the apical being heterostrophous, milky

white and bulbous; the remainder are deeply canaliculate at

the sutures, slightly turreted, but not in the least swollen ;

the last whorl at the periphery is once sharply carinate (in

one or two specimens the keel is not so plainly seen) ; the

aperture is oval, within spirally striate, the outer lip is hardly

thickened except towards the base, the columella being more

strongly plaited.

This is the species mentioned (Proc. Mal. Soc. vol. ii.

p- 113) as having been noticed at Bombay, and descriptions

drawn up, when the specimens unfortunately got mislaid,

naturally therefore precluding publication. Many examples

have been found at Karachi by Mr. Townsend, showing some

variety in both size and distinctness of peripherial carination.

O. carinata, A. Ad. (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1873, pl. xxiii. fig. 4),

has also occurred in the same locality; it is conspicuous for

a thickening below the sutures, thus forming a double angle

to each whorl. It does not seem a monstrosity.

Pyrgulina epentromidea, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)

P. testa ovata, crystallina, tenui, apice heterostropho, pervitreo, levi ;

anfractibus quinque, gradatis, apud suturas multum impressis,

undique longitudinaliter costatis, costis delicatis, vitreis, inter-

stitiis levibus, ultimo anfractu costis ad basim imam conspicuis,

labro tenui; apertura ovata, intus striatula; columella fortiter

uniplicata.

Long. 2, lat. 1°30 mm.

* ed, rpéms, with conspicuous angle or keel.

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c. 95

Hab. At 25 fathoms, in mud, lat. 26° 23’ N., long.

54° 53’ EB.

Remarkably delicate and subpellucid in form, this species,

with the important exception of the strong columellar plait,

recalls Rissoina epentroma, Melv. ‘The interstices between

the ribs are plain and smooth, in which respect it differs

from most of its congeners. The apical whorl is hetero-

strophe, white, vitreous, smooth and bulbiform ; the remaining

four whorls are all uniformly delicately straight-ribbed, and

are much impressed suturally, thus assuming a gradate

appearance. ‘he mouth is ovate, within spirally striate ;

columella with one central strong plait.

Pyrgulina glycisma*,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 16.)

P. testa ovata, candida, compressa, apice globulari, levi, hetero-

stropho ; anfractibus (apicalibus 13 inclusis) 63, ad suturas im-

pressis, paullum gradatis, longitudinaliter arcte obliquicostatis,

costis levibus, crassiusculis, nitidis, interstitiis delicate spiraliter

striatis, ultimo anfractu ad peripheriam spiraliter profunde cana-

liculato et radiatim costulato; apertura ovata; labro simplici,

paullum incrassato ; columella uniplicata.

Long. 3, lat. 1-25 mm.

Hab. Karachi.

Only a few examples occurred of this small but character-

istic species. Mingled with it, but both in far greater

plenty, were two having a superficial resemblance to it, viz.

Pyrgulina callista, Melv., whicli, originally described from

Bombay f, attains at Karachi a far finer condition and size,

and Rissoina epentroma, Melv., likewise first reported | from

the same place.

The shell is ovate, pure white, sometimes with a cinereous

tinge; apical whorls 13, heterostrophe, smooth, globular ;

the remaining whorls, 5 in number, are uniformly closely

obliquely ribbed, these being shining, smooth, and somewhat

thickened, with the interstices spirally striate; the sutures

are impressed, causing the spire to appear slightly gradate ;

the ribs of the last whorl amount to 24. Aperture is ovate,

outer lip only slightly thickened, columella once plaited.

At the periphery of the last whorl is a deep spiral channelled

groove, with a revolving rib at its margin.

This species has as its nearest congeners P. turbonilloides,

* yuKiopa, a delicacy. ;

+ Misa: Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manch. ser. 4, vol. vii. p. 9, pl.i. fig. 18

(1893).

{ Proc. Mal. Soc. vol. ii. p. 110, pl. viii. fig 28 (1896).

96 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

Brusina, from the Mediterranean, P. monocycla, A. Ad.,

from Japan, and P. callista, Melv., from the Indian Ocean.

Very recently (1898) Prof. Ralph Tate has described

P. Mayit* from Tasmania, which by the figure must be close

to, if not actually identical with, P. callista.

Lacuna tenuistriata, sp.n. (PL. IL. fig. 5.)

L. testa ovato-orbiculari, pallide straminea, versus apicem puniceo-

suffusa, tenui, anguste umbilicata ; anfractibus quatuor, apicali

incluso subpapillari, levi, tumidulis, apud suturas impressis,

arctissime spiraliter tenuistriatis, ultimo rapide accrescente, effuso ;

apertura lunari, labro exteriore tenui, paullum effuso; margine

columellari apud basim crassiusculo, nitido, albo, apud umbilicum

canaliculato.

Long. 15, lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Muscat, Persian Gulf, at 7 fathoms.

A most interesting addition to the genus, from the known

species of which it differs in greater tenuity, ovate-orbicular

form, flattened apex, lowest whorl roundly effuse, the whole

surface being most closely and finely spirally striate. Mouth

lunar; outer lip thin; columella slightly thickened towards

the base, white, shining, canaliculately grooved in the region

of the narrow umbilicus. L. cndica, K. A. Smith, is the only

other true Lacuna hitherto recorded from tropical seas.

Priotrochus sepulchralis, sp.n. (Pl. IL. fig. 6.)

P. testa semiglobosa, anguste umbilicata, gradatula, solida, alba,

ochraceo-straminea vel, rare, puniceo-variegata ; anfractibus

quinque, apicali acuminato, levi, ceteris gradatis, spiraliter filo-

costatis, costulis acutis, ultimo et penultimo infra suturas spiraliter

angulatim coronatis; apertura obliqua, rotunda, intus arcte

suleata; labro exteriore effuso, crassiusculo; margine columellari

incrassato, albo, nitente.

AJt. 11, lat. 10, diam. 10 mm.

Hab. Kais Island, 9 fathoms, coral-sand.

Several examples, some subfossil. Semiglobular in form,

with turreted whorls, the last two possessing, just below the

sutures, a spiral coronation of nodules ; the apical whorl is

smooth, the remainder being spirally acutely costulate to the

base of the last whorl. The aperture is obliquely rounded,

within sulcate ; outer lip thick, somewhat effuse ; columellar

margin thickened, especially in the proximity of the narrow

umbilicus.

* Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Australia, 1898, p. 84, pl. iv. fig. 6.

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &ec. 97

Mactrinula tryphera*, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 7.)

M. testa pertenui, subpellucida, lactea, late trigonali; umbonibus

fere centralibus, prominulis, acutis; margine dorsali antice paullum

excavato, deinde versus marginem ventralem leniter rotundato;

postice breviter extenso, longitudinaliter carinato ; margine ven-

trali versus latus posticum sinuato, aliter fere recto; superficie

externa omnino usque ad carinam posticam regulariter concen-

trice laminata ; laminis circa sex et viginti, intus pagina pellucida,

laminas externas exhibente ; dentibus cardinalibus et lateralibus

parvis, contiguis.

Alt. 14, lat. 22, diam. 7 mm.

Hab. Hinderabi Island, at 35 fathoms, mud.

Shell very thin, milky-vitreous, subpellucid, broadly tri-

gonal, anteriorly slightly gaping; the umbones are almost

central, inclining forwards, acute, and prominent ; the auaterior

portion of the dorsal margin is excavate and at length gently

rounding off towards the ventral margin. Posteriorly the

margin (dorsal) is shortly extended, longitudinally once-

carinate ; the ventral margin is mostly straight, but sinuous

where joined by the carina; the external surface of the shell

is uniformly and regularly concentrically laminate, with the

exception of the posterior space enclosed by the keel, which

is smooth; the lamine are some six-and-twenty in number,

inclusive of those on the umbones, which are small and

obscure. Within the surface is pellucid, showing through

the external lamine ; the teeth, both cardinal and lateral, are

small and near each other. Pallial sinus obscure, hardly

perceptible.

This is a very beautiful and delicate little mollusk, having

some resemblance to the larger and coarser J. plicataria, L. ;

but the form is more regularly trigonal, and the umbones more

central, with the anterior dorsal margin less prominently

excavate and the concentric lamine closer and finer.

While discussing a member of the Mactracea, I should like

to take the opportunity of stating that further examination of

a species described by me as Petricola lyra, trom Com-

mander Shopland’s Aden collections +, prompts one to the

decision that it is really a Stande/la akin to S. Solandri,

Gray. The Mactrids of this alliance have a strong super-

ficial resemblance to Petricole, and the teeth of this new

form were rather distorted and compressed, thus causing

* rpuepos, delicate.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. i. p. 204.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol, iv. 7

98 Mr. J. C. Melvill on the

confusion. It has been placed by Mr. Edgar Smith in the

National Collection as Standella lyra, Melv., in direct

sequence with S. Solandri, Gray.

Lucina (Codakia) angela, sp. n.

(Pl dle figxs:)

L. testa parva, orbiculari, albo-calcarea, fere sequilaterali ; umboni-

bus contiguis, prominulis, margine dorsali antice paullum exca-

vato, deinde leniter rotundato per marginem ventralem usque ad

latus posticum ; superficie externa longitudinaliter tenuicostata ;

costis ad quinquaginta, delicate imbricatulis, oblique areuatis,

concentrice irregulariter plicata ; costis trans medium versus latus

anticum pulchre divaricatis, ligamento vyix externo ; pagina interna

subpellucente, albida, nitida ; margine undique pulchre crenulato ;

dentibus in utraque valva cardinalibus, simul ac lateralibus,

duobus; impressione palliali conspicua, haud sinuosa.

Alt. 8, lat. 9, diam. 4 mm.

Hab, Gwadur, on hard sandy mud, dredged at 8 fathoms.

Allied to L. jibula, Ad. & Rve., and pecten, Lam., this

little species differs from both in form and the character of the

divaricating ribs. The form is more truly orbicular and

almost equilateral. The umbones are prominent, contiguous,

and inclined anteriorly, on which side the dorsal margin is

slightly excavate, but soon rounds off towards the ventral

margin and forms an almost complete circle. ‘lhe divari-

cating ribs are slightly beyond the centre of the surface and

towards the anterior side; the total number of ribs is about

fifty, they are close and finely imbricate ; the shell is rudely

and irregularly, here and there concentrically, plaited.

Within, the surface is white, shining, subpellucid, the whole

rounded margin is finely crenulate ; each valve possesses two

lateral and two cardinal teeth, and the pallial impression is

entire and conspicuous. The ligament appears in part con-

cealed by the valve-margin.

Several examples.

Cryptodon victorialis, sp.n. (PI. II. figs. 9, 9 a.)

C. testa delicata, albo-lactea, ovato-orbiculari, equivalvi, paullum

ineequilaterali, undique concentrice pulcherrime lamellata; lamellis

teneris, arctis, apud umbones spe evanidis, in numero circa

sexaginta; umbonibus contiguis, antice inversis, latere postico

longitudinaliter obliquiplicato, antice lunula distincta ad marginem

serrata, excavata; superficie sub lente hic illic pellucide punctata ;

dente cardinali valve dextrae magno, conspicuo; pagina intus lactea,

vix nitente, punctis pellucidis nitidis et striis longitudinalibus

notata; linea palliali completa.

Alt, 24, lat. 24, diam. 14 (sp. maj.).

Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &e. 99

Hab. Near Karachi and also Malcolm Inlet, Persian Gulf,

24 fathoms.

A remarkably delicate, semitransparent, milky-white shell,

slightly inzequilateral, entirely concentrically laminated with

about sixty close-lying ridges; these are very thin and worn

off, as arule, towards the umbones ; these last are contiguous,

curving anteriorly ; there isa longitudinal oblique conspicuous

fold or groove, extending posteriorly from the umbo to the

hinder extremity, and likewise in front; a distinct lunule;

the dorsal margin of the shell is serrate or fimbriolate; in

juvenile examples the lamelle are more sparse and distant,

but the serrations are conspicuous and seem to extend far

down both sides almost to the ventral margin. As is the

case with several allies, e. g. L. pennsylvanica, L., L. jamat-

censis, Lamk., small pellucid raised dots are noticeable with

a lens on holding up a specimen to the light.

Several examples, but mostly single valves, only one being

quite perfect, and that in young condition, with fewer con-

centric lamelle (fig. 9a).

Diplodonta holosphera*,sp.n. (PI. IL. fig. 11.)

D. testa rotundato-cireulari, alba, parum nitida, plana, tumida,

eequivalyi, ut proxime eequilaterali; umbonibus contiguis, margine

dorsali antice paullulum excavato, postice leniter obliquo, deinde

omnino rotundato, ligamento externo; valva sinistra duobus

dentibus cardinalibus approximatis, dextra duobus, postico bifido ;

superficie intus alba, pellucente ; linea palliali simplici.

Alt. 8, lat. 8°50, diam. 7°50 mm.

Hab. At very low tides, Karachi; also imbedded in rocks

at 40 fathoms, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., Persian Gulf.

A few examples of an almost circular spheroid Diplodonta ;

valves as nearly as possible equilateral, the umbones con-

tiguous, ligament external, margin on either side of the

umbones very slightly excavate anteriorly, obliquely straight

posteriorly for a short distance, then completely round ; the

body of the shell very tumid; there are in either valve two

teeth, those of the left valve are closely approximate, the

pallial line being simple.

Scintilla callipareiat, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 10.)

S. testa vitrea, delicata, oblongo-ovata, squivalvi, semiclausa, fere

eequilaterali, nitida, levi, pallide rosea; umbonibus contiguis,

* édos, complete, cpaipa, a globe.

+ xadXizapyos, beautiful cheeked. y

7

100 On the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, &c.

prominulis, margine dorsali utrinque fere squali, leniter in

ventralem immergente ; ligamento interno, huyus valve dente

cardinali conspicuo, prolongato, ille duobus minoribus approxi-

matis, dente laterali juxta cardinem abbreviato, pagina intus

translucida ; impressione palliali integra.

Alt. 9, lat. 14, diam. 4:50 mm.

Hab. Telegraph-cable, lat. 27° N., long. 52° E., at

AO fathoms, Persian Gulf.

A very delicate mollusk, allied to S. rosea, Desh. It is

very translucent, shining, of the palest blush reflection,

oblong-ovate in form, equivalve and almost equilateral, and

quite smooth. The umbones are fairly prominent, close

together ; dorsal margin continuous, and almost equal

posteriorly and anteriorly, gently merging into the ventral

margin. Valves almost closed in repose; the ligament is

internal, the cardinal tooth prolonged and conspicuous, the

fellow valve possessing two smaller teeth ; the lateral tooth

is short, placed near the hinge; the inner surface being

plain, transparent ; pallial impression entire.

? Gidalina asiatica, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 12.)

@. testa delicatula, nitida, alba, equivalvi, ineequilaterali; umboni-

bus prominulis, contiguis; margine dorsaliantice paullum excavato,

deinde leniter rotundato ad marginem yentralem, latere postico

paullum producto, oblongato ; superficie nitida, hie illic depressi-

uscula, concentrice rudistriata; ligamento externo; dentibus dextra

valvee tribus, sinistree duobus cardinalibus, haud tamen bifidis,

lateralibus nullis; pagina interna subpellucida; linea palliali

multum sinuosa.

Alt. 12, lat: 16, diam. 8 mm. (sp. maj.).

Hab. Muscat, at 10 fathoms; also smaller examples at

Charbar, Mekran coast, at 3-7 fathoms.

I feel some doubt as to the correct generic designation for

this shell. It is in shape externally much like @/alina

subdiaphana, Carp., from California, and Mr. Edgar Smith

suggested in consequence that it might be possibly located

with it. ‘The teeth, very small and difficult to pronounce

upon, seem to agree to a great extent with those of the

western Gidalina, but I do not notice that any of them are

bifid. Carpenter separated Cooperella from Cédalina on

account of this peculiarity alone. If this species be an

Gdalina, it would tend to show greater affinity with the

Scrobicularineee than the Tellinide, the texture of the shell,

though thin, being coarse, here and there irregularly de-

pressed and roughly concentrically striate. It is equivalve,

On the Classification of Birds. 101

inequilateral,_ umbones prominent, oblong in form, being

somewhat produced posteriorly ; the ligament is external ;

teeth in right valve apparently three, in the left two, all

cardinal ; inner surface subpellucid, white ; pallial line with

a conspicuous sinuosity.

Several examples, but only a very few in mature condition.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate I.

Fig. 1. Nassa (Hima) ischna.

Fig. 2. Drillia theoreta.

Fig. 3. Mangilia chilosema.

Pag. 4: galigensis.

Fig. 5. —— perlonga.

Fig. 6. theskeloides.

Fig. 7, Clathurella O’ Maleyi.

Fig. 8. Latirus (Peristernia) pagodeformis.

Fig. 9. Erato olivaria.

Fig. 10. Scalaria (Cirsotrema) hidryma.

Fig. 11. (Constantia) Standent.

Fig. 12. Cerithiopsis (Seila) bandorensis, Melv.

Fig. 13. Acteopyramis Psyche.

Fig. 14. Odostomia eutropia.

Fig. 15. Pyrgulina epentromidea.

Big: 1G. glycisma.

PLATE II.

. Fusus Townsendi.

. Mitra (Pusia) Elize.

3a. Mitra (Costellaria) revelata.

. Natica Ponsonbyt.

. Lacuna tenuistriata.

. Priotrochus sepulchralis.

. Mactrinula tryphera.

. Lucina (Codakia) angela.

9a. Cryptodon victorialis.

Fig. 10. Seintilla callipareia.

Fig. 11. Diplodonta holosphera.

Fig. 12. ? Gdalina asiatica.

jaa

Ore? po Ht

Sy

<=

SMmrIan

V1.— Observations on the Classification of Birds.

By Dr. R. W. SHUFELDT*.

In former papers of mine the classification of various groups

of birds has been treated, their osteology, as a rule, being the

anatomical system employed and referred to for the purpose.

* From the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia, 1898, pp. 489-499. Read by title at the Sixteenth Con-

gress of the American Ornithologists’ Union, at the United States National

Museum, Washington, D.C., 17th November, 1898.

~

102 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the

These investigations, as many are aware, have not been con-

fined entirely to recent avifaunee, but have also taken into

consideration fossil material, the remains of birds that existed

as far back as ‘Tertiary time.

So far as the United States ornis is concerned, every family,

or, indeed, nearly every genus of the recent age, has thus been

dealt with, and some of the MSS. presenting the details of

these researches have been published, while the far greater

proportion of them temporarily await a similar disposition.

Jt is in this manner that such groups as the Passeres, the

Swifts, the Humming-birds, the Goatsuckers, the Trogons,

the Kingfishers, and many others have been gone over and

issued in the form of memoirs in different publications, while

upon the other hand the osteology of entire groups has been

written out and illustrated, and will, when printed, fill in gaps

that formerly existed. Among these last, extensive work has

also been done with large and small groups of birds not

occurring in this country, as the Penguins, the Ostriches, and

others. These will not be taken especially into consideration

in the present conuexion, for the reason that considerable

unanimity of opinion exists among naturalists with respect to

their taxonomy ; though probably the Penguins form an ex-

ception to this statement. Commencing in the United States

avifauna with the Pygopodes, however, and passing the

various groups in review, following their linear arrangement

in the order in which they are usually printed, we meet not only

with single species but with groups of species, as to the true

taxonomic position of which in the system ornithologists enter-

tain very diverse opinions. It is to these that it is my inten-

tion to referin the present paper. They have all been closely

studied osteologically, and in the case of many of them their

general anatomy has been investigated and their biology as a

whole given weight. My views upon the classification and

systematic position of some of these families or species now in

my mind have been bricfly abstracted and published either in

‘The Ibis’ of the British Ornithologists’ Union or in the

‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society of London. Others

there are that have not been so noticed.

Prior to passing to the aforesaid subject-matter in chief,

however, it may be as well first to pay some attention to the

morphological characters of birds, with special reference to

their use in determining a scheme for the natural classification

of the class. By the natural classification of Aves is meant

an orderly arrangement of existing birds into major and minor

subdivisions according to their true affinities as they actually

obtain in nature. ‘Lhat a real relationship exists among

Classification of Birds. 103

certain and various tribes of birds, since the time they have,

through theirevolution, become differentiated from theirremote

reptilian stock, is a fact that it is feared those who attempt

their taxonomy do not always keep impressed with sufficient

strength upon their minds. Consequently we often hear of

this classifier’s arrangement, and that classifier’s arrangement

or scheme, just as though no real affinities existed, whereas

it is the duty of each and every one attempting a taxonomic

scheme to discover precisely how the avian tree has thrown

out its branches and its twigs, and, if possible, determine the

points from where they sprung. Equally useless is it to

attempt a classification of birds by selecting for the purpose

the ornis of any particular area of the earth’s surface. ‘hose

that enter upon the task by applying to taxonomic ornithology

the birds occurring within arbitrary political boundaries

as mapped out by man will fail utterly, and such a piecemeal

provisional classification will, with the greatest certainty, be

broken up the moment the first far-seeing taxonomer tests it

with the morphological facts gathered from the entire class,

both existing and extinct, as far as they are known to science.

For this reason we must consider all the classifications of

birds up to the present time as being merely provisional,

inasmuch as we are yet so far from possessing the necessary

knowledge to define the true one, based upon the complete

biological history of the class. A study of the various classi-

ficatory schemes that have been presented within the last

twenty-three centuries will convince any one that there has

been just as much of an evolution in this field as there has

been in the case of birds themselves. It must be remembered

in this connexion that even as early as Aristotelian time birds

were Classified into groups, and Pliny, adhering to much that

had been done five centuries before him, selected only the

very obvious characters of the feet for the purpose, which

threw all the birds known to him into three divisions, of

which a Hawk, a Hen, and a Goose were respectively repre-

sentative. ‘lhus were associated the Ducks and Cormorants,

the Rails and Robins—and this is what the feet did. Orni-

thology was placed upon a scientific basis about the middle

of the seventeenth century through the labours of Willughby

and Ray. They were the first to use the two main divisions

of Land- and Water-birds, and in subdividing both the bills

and feet were used as classificatory characters. or the most

part Linnzeus followed Ray, and in doing so kept many birds

In taxonomic juxtaposition where the affinity was quite

remote. Mergansers and Albatrosses were kept together, as

were Divers and Gulls—and so much tor what bills and teet

104 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the

did in those days. Improvement over early authors was very

evident, however, and many palpable errors were rectified.

From such beginnings the science has grown up, authors and

classifiers being more and more numerous with each succeeding

generation. Some used one set of characters. and some

another; but it is to be distinctly noticed that the previous

taxonomic schemes have always influenced their followers in

later years. Merrem, who in 1812 was perhaps the. first to

publish a systematic arrangement of the groups of birds, was

doubtless influenced by all that had been accomplished prior

to his time, as the work of Nitzsch in pterylography, Cuvier

in structure, and Linneus and Ray in a number of external

characters. His scheme was a solid contribution to the classi-

fication of birds, based as it was upon a variety of anatomical

characters, as those drawn from the sternum, those from the

feathers, those from the osseous system, and those from

other parts, as the bills and feet. In fact Merrem took a long

step in the direction of the truth, or, rather, in the discovery

of the true relationships of birds in nature.

De Blainville quickly followed Merrem, and again re-

arranged the avian scheme of classification, fascinated as he

was by the characters presented on the part of the body of

the sternum. In some directions further advancement was

evidenced, however, and this advancement later on was power-

fully increased by the labours of Nitzsch, who brought into

play the arterial system, the song-muscles, the nasal glands,

and other morphological features.

Thus, from the time of Nitzsch down to the present day

the classification of birds has gone through many changes

and many phases at the hands of the ornithologists of the

succeeding generations as they have passed. The greatest

advances have been made since the scientific demonstration of

the law of organic evolution and the derivation of birds became

known, and these by the men who have studied the subject

from that standpoint. Were it possible for us now to know

the complete biology of every bird-form that has existed upon

the earth since birds as birds came into existence, there would

be among ornithologists an agreement of opinion upon their

classification, the world over, within a twelvemonth. If half

the species that have existed were known, tle scheme would

almost work itself out. As it is, we probably see to-day in

the world’s avifauna but a paltry remnant of that enormous

and unknown host, and it will be generations yet to come ere

there will be a consensus of opinion upon the affinities of this

puzzling and very homogeneous group of vertebrates. When

compared with other major groups of animals, either verte-

Classification of Birds. 105

brate or invertebrate, the structural differences to be found

among the forms making up the natural minor groups of

existing birds are far less apparent than in any one of them.

Taken in their entireties, the difference between an Apteryx

and a Humming-bird morphologically is not to be compared

with what exists, when thus contrasted, between such forms,

for example, as a man and an Ornithorhynchus among

mammals, or between a Lancelet and a Bass among fishes.

Birds are an extremely compact group, and the disposition is

altogether too prevalent, in attempts to classify them, to accord

too high a rank to not a few of the divisions above the

family. Were birds fishes the entire congregation of them

would hardly make more than a respectable order. They

are a lucky lot of closely affined volant feathered reptiles

that have specifically multiplied at a wonderful rate since

they sprang into existence, and useful and charming as the

majority of them are in nature, their taxonomy nevertheless

has puzzled the wits of many a man since Aristotle lived, and

will doubtless continue to do so in the years to come. To

arrive at their true affinities and a natural grouping of the

class it will be necessary to utilize every fact that we possess

in regard to their biology ; by this it is meant every paleon-

tological fact, every fact referring to geographical distribution

for all time, every morphological tact, besides all that is

known of their biology, habits, and development. In so far

as their anatomy is concerned, some of the systems have un-

doubtedly proved to be of more value than others in the

matter of classification. For example, in this particular the

study of the skeleton teaches us more than a comparison of

the dermal appendages, but the osseous system is by no means

all-sufficient to meet the ends of taxonomy, as some still seem

to believe. With regard to this, it is easy to agree with what

Protessor Alfred Newton has said, when commenting upon

the value of the work left us by Nitzsch, for “ there can be no

part of a bird’s organization that by proper study would not

help to supply some means of solving the great question of

its affinities. ‘This seems to the present writer to be one of

the most certain general truths in zoology, and is probably

admitted in theory to be so by most zoologists, but their

practice is opposed to it; for, whatever group of animals be

studied, it is found that one set or another of characters is the

chief or favourite of the authors consulted—each generally

taking a separate set, and that to the exclusion of all others,

instead of effecting a combination of all the sets and taking

the aggregate.” ‘Thus it is that, notwithstanding the relative

value of the characters furnished on the part of any particular

106 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the

morphological system, as indicating interexisting affinities,

that value is certain to be affected when the facts brought out

by a study of another system, as the muscular system, for

example, are applied to it. As evident as this is, however,

we have not far to seek in order to discover avian classifiers

who would be content to base their taxonomic scheme of the

class upon some single character of some special system, as,

for instance, De Blainville did in using only the body of the

sternum for the purpose. Such a practice lands one not very

far from the plane arrived at by Pliny in the first century.

Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace, in criticizing a memoir of

Mr. Blanchard’s in ‘The Ibis’ for the year 1864, says very

truly that we should make the greatest errors in classification

by following the sternum alone, as, ‘‘ for example, the sterna

of the Finches and the Flycatchers are scarcely distinguish-

able, notwithstanding the great dissimilarity in almost every

part of the structure of these birds—their bills, their feet, their

plumage, their habits, food, and digestive organs. On the

other hand, the sterna of the several genera of the Capri-

mulgide differ from each other more than those of the most

distinct families of the restricted Passeres. The Bee-eaters,

the Barbets, and the Woodpeckers, again, are three very

distinct families, which, in a classification founded upon all

parts ot a bird’s organization, cannot be brought in close

contact; and yet their sterna, according to Mr. Blanchard,

much resemble each other. It is evident, therefore, that the

whole structure of a bird and its corresponding habits may be

profoundly modified, and yet the sternum [may retain a

very close resemblance to a common form; and, on the

other hand, the sternum] * may undergo important changes,

while the general organization and habits are but little

altered.” So much for the value of single anatomical

systems in avian taxonomy, and so much for the value of

single characters in any system. Now as to the value of

osteology as a whole in the classification of birds, no ornitho-

tomist or classifier of this group of vertebrates will for a

moment doubt. Employed in its entirety the osseous system

of Aves stands far in advance of any other in settling the

question of affinities and affording characters in classification.

Jt has been almost entirely through our studies of the fossil

skeletons of birds that we have been enabled to fix their

origin in time or to link them with their extinct reptilian

ancestors.

* (The passage between brackets is as it stands in ‘Ibis,’ and has

probably been omitted by accident in the Proc, Ac. Nat. Se. Phil.—Ebs. }

Classification of Birds. 107

The researches of the Parkers in the development of the

embryological skeleton of birds; of Huxley in the skull; and

the labours of Macgillivray, Nitasch, Merrem, De Blainville,

L’Herminier, Cuvier, St.-Hilaire, Gervais, Blanchard, Eyton,

Owen, Garrod, Forbes, Fiirbringer, Gadow, Lucas, Beddard,

and many others upon the general skeleton ; with the study

of paleontological osteology by Milne-Edwards, Cope, Marsh,

and their colleagues in the same field, would, when taken in

the aggregate, go far toward establishing a natural classifica-

tion, or, rather, toward indicating the true affinities of birds.

Still, in face of all this, we must believe that osteology is

by no means an all-sufficing guide, nor has it been in the

mind of the present writer in his attempts to discover the true

kinships existing among birds, their systematic positions, and

the places the various natural groups should occupy in any

scheme of classification.

On the contrary, the aim has been to examine with care

into the results of the anatomical and general biological

investigations of birds by whomsoever they may have been

undertaken and published, so long as those researches seemed

to have any bearing upon the solution of the true affinities of

the class. With this in view a very wide field of literature

has been considered and the works of a great many authors

examined. All through this osteology has held the main

place, but constantly subject to subordination when factors

drawn from other anatomical systems or from the general

life-histories of the bird-groups possessed beyond all doubt

greater weight and significance.

Bearing this in mind, and from osteological premises, let

us now proceed to examine into the probable affinities of

certain birds or groups of birds and how we should classify

them. An inquiry of this kind would hardly seem to require

any apology, inasmuch as no two systematists of all those

who have published a scheme of classification for Aves since

1867, when Professor Huxley gave us his, agree upon the

position in the system and the affinities of not a few of the

natural avian assemblages. Take, for example, the Grebes

and Loons. Huxley associated them with the Laride, Pro-

cellariide, and Alcide in his group Cecomorphe ; Garrod

placed them among the Ducks and Penguins in the Anseres ;

Forbes included the Heliornitide with them, and created a

new group, Eretopodes; Dr. Sclater retained them as a

family Colymbide with the Alcide in the order Pygopodes ;

Reichenow did the same, but added the Penguins to the

group and called the order Urinatores; they are a family of

a superfamily, and associated with four other superfamilies,

108 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the

of the Cecomorphe in Dr. Stejneger’s scheme; Dr. Fiir-

bringer giving still other new names for orders, suborders, and

genera, places them between the Flamingoes and the extinct

Hesperornithide ; we find them among the Galliformes in

Seebolhim’s arrangement; and, finally, considered as two

separate orders by Dr. Sharpe. Still other eminent tax-

onomers, as Cope, Professors Gadow and Newton, take

different views of the subject. In 1890 Professor D’Arey

W. Thompson and the present writer pointed out quite

independently of each other the fact that the Loons and

Grebes were descendants of the Hesperornithide, an opinion

previously expressed by Cope and Firbringer. At great

variance with this, Professor Newton, Lydekker, and Marsh

contended that these extinct Cretaceous divers were some

kind of a natatorial Ostrich. These so-called ostrich or

* struthious characters” have been a stumbling-block in times

past to more than one avian systematist, but I think their

real significance is gradually coming to be better appreciated

as time goes on. The great probability is that there was a

time in the former history of the class, possibly at about the

age when //esperornis flourished, that all birds exhibited such

characters in their skeletons. They are retained now only in

a few and widely separated groups or families, as the Kiwis,

the Tinamus, Ostriches, and some others.

Now, apart from a general and superficial resemblance, a

typical Loon and a typical Grebe are not, to judge from their

osteology, as near akin as many seem to think. Differences

of a very marked character distinguish their skulls, their

vertebral columns, their sterna, their pelves, and their limb-

bones. Still there is a greater similarity between the skeleton

of a Loon and a Grebe than there is between a Loon and any

representative of the Alcea. About this fact I have satisfied

myself after having compared, character for character, as they

occur in the skeletons of several species of Loons with the

corresponding ones in a number of Grebes, and both with all

the Auks found in our United States avifauna save Cero-

rhinca. D’Arcy Thompson has shown, beyond all question

in my opinion, in his paper ‘On the Systematic Position of

Hesperornis,” the affinity of our modern or existing Colymbi

with that ancient diver. It would seem then that the time

cannot be far distant when naturalists can at least agree upon

the relations that these birds bear to each other and to

kindred groups. ‘l’o express this relationship, Loons and

Grebes should be associated in one and the same suborder,

and a superfamily created for either assemblage. In a linear

classification | believe their nearest relatives are the Penguins

Classification of Birds. 109

upon the one hand and the Auks upon the other, with the

Heliornithide in the next place as a related branch, and one

more nearly so than the Laride or the Procellariide. In part,

this is believed by Dr. Stejneger to be the relationship, who,

however, widely dissociates the Hesperornithide. While

this last relationship is fully appreciated by Professor Fur-

bringer, that eminent authority nevertheless apparently sees

no special affinity between an Auk and a Loon or Grebe, and

so very widely separates the Colymbo-Podicipites and the

Laro-Limicole assemblages.

Passing next to the anserine fowls, one would think that by

this time there would be more or less unanimity of opinion

among systematic ornithologists as to the affinities and position

of such a homogeneons group. As a family the existing

Anatidz can but contain the Mergansers, Ducks, Geese, and

Swans, while the outliers, either existing or extinct, are not

as a rule very puzzling forms. The anserine affinities of

Palamedea are now pretty generally recognized; and there

can be no question as to the relationships of the extinct

Cnemiornis or Cereopsis. Moreover the relation borne by

the Flamingoes to the Anseres has been known for a good

many years past, and yet, notwithstanding all this, we find

almost as much diversity of opinion among the classifiers of

birds as to where this very natural group belongs, as has

already been pointed out in regard to the Pygopodes. After

a careful examination and comparison of the skeleton of Pa/a-

med-a, all of our United States Anseres except one or two

species, the Flamingoes, including the extinct ones and

Paleolodus, and a great many species and genera of Herons,

Ibises, Storks, Scopus, and their allies near and remote, and,

finally, an equal number of the Steganopodes, I was led to

believe a year or two ago that the duck tribe in its widest

sense, with the allied suborders containing the Palamedeida,

the Pheenicopteridz, and their fossil relatives, constituted a

group, the nearest related branches to which were the Stegano-

podes upon the one hand and the Herodiones upon the other,

An opinion practically quite similar to this is entertained by

Dr. Sharpe and Dr. Stejneger, while on the other hand

Dr. Gadow places the Anseriformes between the Falconiformes

upon the one hand and the Crypturiformes upon the other,

which of course is an utterly different view of their relation-

ships. ‘To discuss these latter here is obviously out of the

question, as it would carry the present paper far beyond its

limits. Before turning from the Anseres, however, I desire

to say that | have found some interesting osteological points

in the skeleton of Dendrocygna autumnalis, one of the tree-

110 Dr. R. W. Shufeldt on the

ducks. Although presenting several anatomical peculiarities,

this genus is one containing several species of ducks, and

ducks not so very far removed from either the Teals, or the

Mallard, or perhaps Spatula. ‘There is very little Goose, and

still less Swan, in the morphology of Dendrocygna, and for

what reason the genus has been placed between Phzlacte and

Olor in the ‘Check-list’ it is difficult for me to understand.

In the first edition of his ‘Manual’ Mr. Ridgway places

Dendrocygna the last genus in the duck-series where the

synopses of characters of the Anseres are set forth, while in

the part devoted to the diagnoses of species and genera these

Fig. 1.—Right lateral view of the skull of Dendrocygna autumnalis,

showing complete bony ring surrounding orbit. Pterygoids lost.

From a photograph by the author. 2 nat. size.

Fig. 2.—Right lateral view of part of trunk-skeleton of same specimen,

3 nat. size.

Tree-Ducks are placed between the Swans and the Geese, as

in the ‘ Check-list.’. They have, as I have just said, some

peculiar characters about them, and of these one of the most

interesting is the fact that they have complete bony rings

surrounding the orbits, as is the case in several genera of

parrots and some other birds. So far as I am aware it is the

only genus of ducks that presents this character—indeed, the

only anserine bird that has it.

Coming to the Cranes and Rails we meet with an interesting

Classification of Birds. Pie

form in Aramus giganteus. During the past few years I have

compared the skeletons of several hundred species of birds

and written out the osteology of nearly every genus in this

country, and among all these have been included the entire

Crane and Rail group with all the North-American birds in

any way related to it. In this manner have Grus, Aramus,

Rallus, Porzana, Crex, Ionornis, Gallinula, Fulica, and others

been dealt with, and their skeletal characters arrayed in

tabular form in great detail. Without entering upon the

general taxonomy of this group, it is an interesting fact that,

in so far as the skeletal characters are concerned, Aramus

presents two for every one in favour of its affinity with Grus

as compared with Rallus; yet in nearly all avian classifica-

tions we find this bird arrayed with the typical Rails. Four

years ago I published in England an abstract in which was

incorporated some of the facts here stated, with part of a

scheme for the classification of this group. Since then I

have examined a number of forms at that time not available,

and although they have not materially altered my original

views, some changes will necessarily have to be made in order

to include those facts which have since come before me.

Of recent years nothing has come to my notice that seems

likely to again check the now growing opinion that the Wood-

peckers, as another assemblage of birds, see their nearest

relatives in the Passeres, and they do not possess those

vestiges of lacertilian morphology in the bases of their crania

that were formerly supposed to exist there. The double

vomers that a few years ago were attributed to them are now

generally conceded to be nothing more than mesial edges of

the imperfectly ossified palatines, as was pointed out by

Garrod in 1872. In that year Garrod printed a brief paper

in ‘ The Ibis,’ in which he claimed that Gectnus viridis and

its allies possessed a median vomer, though it was differently

formed from the bone as it occurs among some of the Passerine

birds. Nevertheless Dr. Sharpe, as late as 1891, in his

extremely useful brochure ‘ Recent Attempts to Classify

Birds,’ still claims saurognathism for the Pve?, although in

the same paragraph he admits that in this entire suborder the

“vomer is slender, pointed, and split” (p. 84). It is not

difficult to believe that all of the alleged saurognathous

characters in the skull and associated bony arches of the wood-

peckers are due to changes wrought in time through the

special habits of this particular group of birds, rather than

that they stand in evidence as structural remnants inherited

from their ancient reptilian ancestors,

112.) Mr. W. L. Distant on Neotropical Homoptera.

VII.—Some apparently undescribed Neotropical Homoptera.

By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Cicadida.

Fidicina amena, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum reddish ochraceous ; mesonotum and

abdomen above olivaceous, the first shaded with reddish

ochraceous on disk and the second at the lateral margins ;

mesonotum with indications of three obconical spots at ante-

rior margin. Body beneath and legs reddish ochraceous ;

opercula ochraceous ; sternum greyishly tomentose.

Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, venation brownish

ochraceous ; tegmina with the costal membrane and two thirds

of basal cell brownish ochraceous; basal area of wings

brownish ochraceous, irrorated with pale ochraceous.

The face is moderately tumid, with the central sulcation

and the transverse strize profound; rostrum reaching the

posterior coxe, its apex piceous ; posterior tibie profoundly

sulcate and armed with two strong spines on each side.

Long. excl. tegm., ¢, 32 millim. ; exp. tegm. 83 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica, Vallée du Diguis (Pacifique) (A. Pitter).

A species of a uniform and unspotted hue above.

Fidicina cachla, sp. n.

Body above olivaceous, abdomen more or less suffused with

reddish ochraceous. Head with the basal margin of front

and space between the eyes more or less piceous ; pronotum

with a central longitudinal fascia, a short curved discal streak

on each side, and the incisures more or less piceous ; meso-

notum with four obconical spots on anterior margin (the two

central ones much the longest), an elongate spot in front of

each anterior angle of the basal cruciform elevation and a

spot on each lateral margin of same piceous. Abdomen with

the basal segmental margins more or less piceous, the lateral

margins near base greyishly pilose. Head beneath, sternum,

and legs olivaceous ; abdomen beneath ochraceous.

‘Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation ochraceous ;

tegmina with the costal membrane, upper half of basal cell,

and extreme lower base brownish olivaceous; wings brownish

at base, irrorated with ochraceous. |

The rostrum, which has its apex piceous, reaches the poste-

Mr. W. L. Distant on South-African Homoptera. 113

rior cox ; the posterior tibie are longly pilose and armed

with two spines on each side.

Long. excl. tegm., g, 25 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim.

Hab. Costa Rica, Rosario de Desamparados (P. Biolley).

Allied to Fidicina brisa, Walk., from British Guiana.

Fam. Fulgoride.

Hypepa diversa, sp. n.

Head and pronotum testaceous; scutellum pale fuscous,

with the apical margins and some discal waved fascie ochra-

ceous ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base dark fuscous and

laterally greyish. Head beneath, sternum, and legs brownish

ochraceous, legs spotted with fuscous; abdomen beneath dark

fuscous.

Tegmina with the basal two thirds rosy red, beyond which

the colour is greyish mottled with fuscous. Wings dark

greyish, the venation and the whole basal area dark fuscous,

and with three long basal radiating pale greenish streaks,

Long. excl. tegm. 12 millim.; exp. tegm. 33 millim,

Hab. Costa Rica, Las Delicias (Sta. Clara) (P. Biolley).

VIII.—On some South-African Homoptera.

By W. L. Distant.

Fam. Fulgoride.

Subfam. Pureorrmz.

MAMATOLA, gen. nov.

Head subquadrate, a little longer than broad, lateral margins

laminate and strongly reflexed at inner margins of eyes, which

are large and prominent; front with the apical margin mode-

rately angulated and with a central carina; face longer than

broad, widest at base, lateral margins convexly sinuate, and

with a very broad central sulcation, which is widest anteriorly.

Thorax with a central carina, the anterior lateral angles

slightly convex and laminate. ‘legmina about twice as long

as broad, the apical area strongly reticulate ; costal and inner

margins nearly straight, apical margin somewhat angularly

convex. Wings broad and rounded. ‘Tibiz sulcated, poste-

rior tibia armed with three or four strong spines.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol, iv. 8

114 Mr. W. L. Distant on South-African Homoptera.

Mamatola singularis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs fuscous, somewhat

irrorated with pale brownish ; femora and anterior and inter-

mediate tibia spotted with ochraceous, posterior tibie pale

ochraceous, speckled with brownish. Abdomen above san-

guineous, with its extreme apex fuscous. Tegmina fuscons,

irrorated and spotted with cretaceous. Wings sanguineous,

with a very broad fuscous outer margin and with a few very

small fuscous spots on basal area.

Long. excl. tegm. 13 millim. ; exp. tegm. 28 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (coll. Dist.).

BENAMATAPA, gen. nov.

Head broad, with the eyes almost as broad as pronotum, its

anterior margin convex, its disk concavely excavate; face

long, broad, gradually narrowing to apex, end strongly trans-

versely carinate. Thorax with its anterior margin concave

and parallel with the excavation of head; pronotum with a

central carina. Tegmina oblong, inner margin moderately

sinuate, apical margin rounded. Wings broad, apical angles

rounded and prominent. Legs somewhat flattened; anterior

femora broad, posterior tibize armed with six strong spines.

Benamatapa Marshalli, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and body beneath pale fuscous ; legs dark

fuscous, anterior and intermediate tibia broadly annulated

with greyish; abdomen above ochraceous, its base black.

Tegmina dull ochraceous, spotted and mottled with dark

fuscous, apical area palest. Wings sanguineous, with a sub-

apical greyish-white fascia, apical angle and some discal spots

black, posterior margin fuscous,

Long. excl. tegm. 9 millim.; exp. tegm. 18 millim.

Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Guy A. K. Marshall: coll.

Dist.).

Subfam. Lvrrsracuyvinz,

Paropioxys jucundus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous ; abdomen testaceous, with the abdominal

appendages ochraceous ; thorax above pale greenish. Head

with six black spots, situate two (small) in front of each eye

and two (larger) near basal margin ; pronotum with a trans-

verse series of four black spots, the two central ones

slightly larger; mesonotum with five black spots. Head

On the Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantile. 115

beneath ochraceous; body beneath and legs carmine-red ;

apical half of anterior femora, apex of intermediate femora,

and anterior and intermediate tibiz pale greenish spotted with

black.

Tegmina pale greenish, spotted with cretaceous, with two

somewhat ill-defined transverse cretaceous fasciw, and the

following shining black spots, viz.: six on costal margin,

two a little above centre of inner margin, and some sixteen

on apical area. Wings pale cretaceous, their apices very

slightly ochraceous and containing about thirteen small black

spots.

Long. excl. tegm. 12 millim.; exp. tegm. 30 millim.

Hab. Transvaal, Lydenburg District (coll. Dist.).

There is a specimen of this species in the British Museum

localized “ N’Gami Country (Lugard).”

IX.—The Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantide, and the

constant Occurrence of a Tetramerous Tarsus in Limbs

regenerated after Self-mutilation among the Orthoptera

pentamera*, By EDMOND BORDAGE.

NUMEROUS experiments which I have made upon the Phas-

mide, and which I have described in ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ and

betore the Société de Biologie, have shown that among these

insects a limb regenerated after self-mutilation constantly

presents a tetramerous tarsus instead of a normal one with

five joints. Messrs. Bateson and Brindley have made the

same observation so far as the Biattidee are concerned. It

only therefore remains to be seen whether the same effect is

produced in the third and last family of the Orthoptera

pentamera, the Mantide.

I. I undertook the following researches in the island of

Bourbon upon the two species of Mantis of the Mascarenes

(Mantis prasina and M, pustulata) which are easy to rear in

captivity.

In the case of the first pair of limbs (predatory legs) self-

mutilation never takes place. The same does not hold good,

however, in the two succeeding pairs. The leg becomes

detached from the body at the groove which marks the

trochantero-femoral articulation. Separation takes place with

the utmost facility. The process of regeneration in the larvae

goes on with marvellous rapidity, more quickly even than

* Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxviii. (1899) pp, 1593-1596,

by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S, Fe

8

116 M. E. Bordage on the

appears in the case of the Blattide, but nevertheless by no

means so fast as I have found it to take place in the Phasmide.

The tarsus of a regenerated limb is always tetramerous,

and the relative size of its joints is as constant as in_ the

normal pentamerous structure. The same thing holds good

also in the case of the Phasmide and Blattide.

II. It is important to note, in the three families of the

Orthoptera pentamera, the way in which the replacing limb

grows. Instead of developing freely and in a rectilinear

manner at the surface formed by the mutilation, the limb

must continue to grow, until the next moult, under the skin,

which soon covers the wound. ‘The skin is very thin and

not at all chitinized, consequently retaining a certain elasticity

and transparency even in the Phasmide. The limb in pro-

cess of regeneration barely makes a projection under the skin

or is so little apparent that in most cases it needs careful,

examination to determine its presence.

The young limb in order to develop under these conditions

is obliged to coil upon itself and assume a spiral form*. It

is then not seen until the next moult sets it at liberty. When

it appears it is in the form of a little blackish appendage,

hardly a millimetre or two in length, a smallish limb which

immediately unrolls, becoming turgescent and rectilinear.

From black the limb becomes rapidly of the customary

yellowish green, except in the Blattide and certain Phasmide,

which are of a brown colour.

These changes take place under observation with a rapidity

which is really marvellous, and comparable to that which we

see in the development or, rather, extension of the wings,

especially in the Lepidoptera, when the perfect insect has just

left the chrysalis.

In a communication read before the Académie des Sciences

(at the meeting of June 28th, 1897), I pointed out in the

Phasmide a sensible difference between the rate of growth of

a normal limb and one in process of regeneration, which was

to the advantage of the latter. This difference is even more

noticeable in the Blattide, and greater still in the Mantide.

In the last-mentioned Orthoptera, when self-mutilation has

* Limbs in process of regeneration develop in the same way among

the Orthoptera saltatoria. Such a process is also constant in regenera-

tion that follows artificial removal of the tarsus and the distal end of the

tibia, although at first sight certain differences may appear to exist. The

rule ought probably to be a general one in the Arthropoda, in which

regeneration of lost appendages (including antenne) takes place. I am

surprised that Messrs. Bateson and Brindley have not recorded this

remarkable point in their fine work on the Blattide,

Regeneration of Limbs in the Mantide. 117

taken place in very young larve, I have seen the repro-

duced limb attain in the interval between two moults to the

size of the corresponding limb which had persisted. Such

perfection, which ought also to be reached in certain cases

among the Blattide, is never so great in the Phasmide. In

fact, the smallest difference that I have been able to note in

members of this family between corresponding limbs, one

normal and one replaced, has been 4 mm. at least, and

consequently noticeable enough. I must add an important

point: whilst in Mantide and Blattide the regenerated limb

becomes rectilinear directly after the moult which liberates it,

and in the majority of instances is ready to do work imme-

diately, this is never the case in Phasmide, for the newly

formed leg unrolls itself bit by bit, and does not become

definitely rectilinear until after the second moult which follows

the automatic mutilation.

III. I have been able to determine in the Mantide that

apart from the region of the trochantero-femoral articulation,

the regenerative power is still apparent in the tarsus and in

the extreme terminal part of the tibia after artificial amputa-

tion. The regenerated tarsus is four-jointed. ‘The position

of the regenerative surfaces is the same in all the three

families in the Orthoptera pentamera *.

In order that there may be regeneration when artificial

severance of the predatory legs is resorted to in the Mantide

the tarsi alone must be injured. Although impeded by this

mutilation, the Mantids can nevertheless seize their prey.

If the least part of the tibia is wounded, the Orthopteron is

unable to catch insects, and quickly dies of hunger if not

from loss of blood.

Up to the present tetramerous regeneration of the tarsus

has been observed in eighteen species of Orthoptera penta-

mera spread over the three families. The names of the

insects are appended :— ;

A. Puasmipaz (Ed. Bordage’s experiments).—J/onandro-

ptera inuncans, Raphiderus scabrosus, Hurycantha

horrida, Phyllium siccifolium fF.

* This is not surprising seeing that the same causes which bring about

the mutilations (among the number of which it should be pointed out in

the first place are the great strains brought to bear during moulting upon

such fragile structures as the tarsus). We shall prove the same point in

the case of the Orthoptera saltatoria. Among the Phasmide one must

include the tarsal mutilations caused by the egg-shell (see ‘Comptes

Rendus Soe. Biologie,’ Meeting of July 30, 1898, EK. Bordage, “Sur les

localisations des surfaces de réyénération chez les Phasmides”’).

+ Bull. Soc. entom. de France, 1898, no. 16, pp. 506 & 307.

118 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

B. MantTip& (Ed. Bordage).— Mantis prasina, M. pustulata.

C. BLATTIDz (Brisout, Bateson, and Brindley).—Periplaneta

americana, P. australasie, P. ortentalis, Blabera

atropos, Nyctibora latipennis, N. sericea, Epilampra

cinerea, Homalosilpha ustilata, Leucophea surinamensis,

Monachoda grossa, Panesthia javanica, Phyllodroma

germanica,

It seems to follow from these observations that as a rule

tetramerous regeneration of the tarsus in Orthoptera penta-

mera after self-mutilation has its seat in the trochantero-

femoral groove.

X. — On the Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal; an

Enumeration of a Collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant.

By GiuBert J. Arrow, F.E.S.

THE insects enumerated in this paper form part of the large

collection made by Mr. W. L. Distant in successive visits to

the Transvaal during the years 1890-1 and 1893-6. Of the

new species described here types have been kindly presented

by him to the British Museum.

Anomala transvalensis, Arrow, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond. 1899, p. 258.

Anomala Distanti, Arrow, «bid.

These two species are remarkable for sexual differentiation

in the structure of the claws, the female having divided claws

upon each of the anterior pairs of legs and the male upon the

first pair only.

Anomala ustulata, sp. n.

Elongato-ovata, pallide testacea, capite (clypeo paulo dilutiore),

thoracis vittis tribus, scutelli margine (superficie tota rarius)

suturaque nigris, pygidio aliquando plus minusve fusco, tarsis

ferrugineis ; capite parvo, rugoso, clypei margine valde reflexo ;

prothorace brevi, lateribus regulariter arcuatis, angulis posticis

obtuse rotundatis, subtilissime punctato, linea media obsolete

impresso, vitta longitudinali media et duabus obliquis lateralibus

ad basis medium omnibus directis, nigris; scutellocrebre punctato ;

elytris elongatis, post mediam ampliatis, profunde punctato-

striatis, striis nonnunquam fuscescentibus; pygidio subtiliter

punctato-rugoso ; tibiis anticis acute bidentatis, tarsorum anti-

corum et intermediorum utroque sexu unguibus externis apice

fissis.

Long. 16-18 mm.

TIab. Pretoria.

Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal. wig

This insect appears to be not uncommon. I have seen it

in various collections. Although somewhat variable, it is

very readily recognizable by the three dark marks, resembling

-a fleur-de-lis, which have the appearance of being burnt into

the thorax.

Anomala nigrovestita, sp. n.

Elongato-ovalis, rufa, elytris nigris, pedum intermediorum et

posticorum tibiis tarsisque nigris vel fuscis; capite parvo,

punctato-rugoso, clypei margine semicirculari, valde retlexo ;

prothorace parum transverso, antice valde contracto, cum scutello

subtiliter punctato ; elytris fere rugose striato-punctatis ; pygidio

leviter striolato; pectore dense fulvo-hirto; pedibus gracilibus,

tibiis anticis fortiter bidentatis, tarsorum anticorum utroque sexu

unguibus externis fissis.

Long. 14-17 mm.

Hab. Johannesburg.

The species is peculiar both in form and colouring, but

seems to be more closely related to A. vetula, Wiedem., than to

any other known species of the genus; although that insect

has all the claws simple, whereas the present one has a

divided claw on the front tarsus. In its general form and

sculpture, and especially in the size and shape of the head,

it distinctly recalls that species.

Anomala marginicollis, sp. n.

Parallela, subdepressa, testacea, capite, prothoracis disco, scutello

elytrisque fusco-zneis, tibiis tarsisque fusco-rufis; clypeo castaneo

cum fronte rugoso-punctato, vertice haud crebre punctato, pro-

thoracis marginibus angustis lateralibus et angulis anticis

testaceis, undique subtiliter punctato; scutello crebre punctato ;

elytris grosse punctato-striatis, interstitiis parce subtilissime

punctatis, marginibus perspicue membranaceis; pygidio testaceo,

grosse punctato; pedum anteriorum et intermediorum unguibus

externis fissis, d anteriorum lobo interiore late expanso.

Long. 113 mm.

Hab, Pienaars River.

This species, of which there are three specimens, of both

sexes, belongs to the small group of African Anomale repre-

sented by A. resplendens ot Falireus, characterized by their

rectangular and somewhat depressed form.

There are several other apparently new species of this

genus, which, however, are represented by one sex only and

cannot properly be described at present.

120 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the

Peripopillia basalis, Blanch.

This has evidently a wide range, having been previously

recorded from Natal and from Zanzibar.

Popillia bipunctata, F.

Mr. Distant collected a series of this common insect showing

all stages from the typical form to the variety limbata, described

by Boheman as another species.

Nannopopillia major, sp. n.

Subparallela, nigro-cnea, dense griseo-vestita; prothorace cum

pedibus viridi-eneis, elytris nigris, dimidio anteriore testaceo

sutura callisque humeralibus exceptis; clypeo subquadrato cum

fronte granulato; prothorace undique fortiter punctato, medio

obsolete sulcato, angulis anticis fere rectis; scutello grosse

irregulariter punctato; elytris profunde punctato-sulcatis ; pygidio

punctato-rugoso, basis lateribus longe albo-hirtis.

Long. 93 mm.

Hab. Pretoria. A single male specimen.

The genus Nannopopillia has been formed by Herr Kolbe

for Poptilia minuscula, Harold, to which this species has

evidently a very close relationship. It is larger, however,

and the prothorax, although coarsely punctured, is not clothed

with hairs except at the sides. ‘There are long hairs upon

the ventral part of the pygidium, which are probably peculiar

to the male sex. As in the typical species, the larger claw

of the middle as well as the front tarsus is cleft, whereas in

the true Popillia this is always undivided in the male.

Phenomeris Beschkei, Mannerh.

This beautiful insect is common throughout a large part of

South and East Africa.

Adoretus hirtellus, Lap.

This appears to be the most abundant of the numerous

African species of Adoretus. In the Munich Catalogue it is

identified with several African and Oriental species under the

common name of A. umbrosus, Fabr., which Burmeister has

pronounced to be the correct name of the present insect; but

from Fabricius’s description I can only regard this as very

doubtful. A. cinerarius, Burm., is a synonym of hirtellus,

and also A. punctipennis, Fahr., the insect being found over

a large part of Africa; but there seems to me to be little

reason to suppose that it occurs beyond that continent, or

that any Oriental species ranges so far.

Rutelid Beetles of the Transvaal. 121

Adoretus xanthochrous, Har.

Two specimens were found at Barberton.

Adoretus impurus, Fahy.

A series of specimens from Pretoria shows A. pictrcollis of

Fahreus, as suggested by that author, to be only a variety

of A.impurus; and A. flaveola, Fahr., will probably prove to

be also a pale form of the same species.

Adoretus ictericus, Burm.

A single specimen of this was brought from Barberton.

Adoretus cupreus, sp. n.

Elongato-ovatus, latus, castaneus, cupreo-nitens, supra parce subtus

densius griseo-hirtus vel squamosus; capite mediocre, rugoso,

clypeo arcuato ustulato; prothorace latitudine triplo latiore,

creberrime punctato, parce setuloso; scutello rugoso: elytris

subtiliter rugoso-punctatis, obsolete costatis, parce setulosis, ad

costulas squamis albis majoribus sparsutis, lateribus totis arcuatis.

Long. 103-12 mm.

Hab. Barberton, and in Natal.

This species has apparently some affinity with A. picinus,

Bohem., which, however, has the prothorax coarsely punctured

and the sides of the elytra straight as far as the middle. In

A. cupreus the width of the elytra is greatest at the middle

and the entire sculpture is very fine and close.

I have only seen the female of this insect, the type of

which is a specimen from Natal in the British Museum.

Adoretus nasutus, Fahr.

A specimen was found at the Pienaars River.

Adoretus tessulatus, Burm.

This has also been described as A. maculatus by Fahreus.

It is widely distributed in Southern and Eastern Africa.

Mr. Distant found it at Pretoria, Pienaars River, and

Zoutspan, in the Transvaal, and in the British Museum there

are specimens from the Zambesi, Lake N’gami, and British

East Africa.

Adoretus decoratus, sp. n.

Breviter ovatus, castaneus, capitis vertice, prothoracis disco

maculisque elytralibus prope marginem externam, scuteilum et

apicem, indistincte fusco-sneis, corpore subtus cum pygidio rufo-

122 Mr. G, A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus.

fusco, pedibus castaneis; undique sat dense fulvo-setosus vel

squamosus, squamis albis aggregatis lineis tribus prothoracis,

scutello elytrorum maculisque magnis rotundatis decoratus ;

capite parvo, prothorace antice paulo contracto, elytris medio

ampliatis, omnibus grosse et laxe punctatis,

Long. 9 mm.

Hab. Pretoria.

This little insect is peculiar both for its short oval form

and the pattern of white scales with which it is adorned. It

appears to be fairly abundant where it occurs.

XI.—On Hymenochirus, a new Type of Aglossal Batrachians.

By G. A. BouLENnGER, F.R.S.

THE natural Suborder of Aglossal Batrachians has so long

been known from two genera only, the South-American Pipa

and the African Xenopus, that the discovery of a third genus

is a matter of great interest, the more so as I shall be able

to show that the new type stands in no very close relation to

either of its nearest allies, and affords subject for comment

on the classification and the geographical distribution.

In 1896 there appeared a very unsatisfactory description,

accompanied by a figure, of a new Aglossal frog named

Xenopus Boettgeri, Tornier (Kriechthiere Deutsch-Ost-

Afrikas, p. 163), discovered by Stuhlmann at Ituri, near

Wandesoma, German East Africa. From the description

and figure I at once recognized that the new species could

not be maintained in the genus Xenopus, and accordingly

proposed to make it the type of a new genus, Hymenochirus

(Ann. & Mag. N. H. [6] xviii. 1896, p. 420), distinguished

by the half-webbed fingers, the incompletely webbed toes,

the third of which exceeds the fourth in length, and, above

all, by the absence of Jines of sensory muciferous canals on the

body. I added that no doubt a careful examination of the

type specimen would reveal further differences and suggested

the application of the Réntgen rays as a means of obtaining

some information on the osteological characters of the unique

example. I could not then have imagined that even the

presence or absence of teeth had not been ascertained,

Fortunately for the progress of science the frog has now

been rediscovered on the Benito River, French Congo, by

Mr. G. L. Bates, from whom the British Museum has re-

ceived several specimens, which I am unable to separate from

the East-African type, as far as I am able to judge from

Tornier’s description and figure. Now, Hymenochirus proves

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus. 123

not even to belong to the family Dactylethride, distinguished

from the Pipide by the presence of teeth in the upper jaw.

The mouth is edentulous, and the structure of the vertebral

column and of the pectoral arch has more in common with

Pipa than with Xenopus, the presence of claws to the first

three toes being the only point of special affinity with the latter.

Hymenochirus should therefore enter the Pipide, it dentition

be deemed of sufficient taxonomic importance for family

distinction. We have then a very interesting example of

geographical distribution before us, and one which should

remove any doubts as to the natural affinity between

Pipa and Xenopus, which has been questioned by some

authors, whose doubts have, however, not received the endorse-

ment of recent investigators on the anatomy and development

(cf. Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1895, pp. 827 & 841, and Ridewood,

J. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 1897, p. 53, and Anat. Anz. xiii. 1897,

p- 359). ‘he presence of only six distinct pieces in the

vertebral column of Hymenochirus, as I have ascertained, is

so far unique among Batrachians, and is only approached by

the number (8) in P¢pa and (7) in the fossil genus Pa/eo-

batrachus. I do not consider this as in any way adding to

the evidence in favour of the allocation of the latter to

the Aglossa, as advocated by some authors, since the reduc-

tion in the normal number is obtained in a quite different

manner. I think the discovery by Ridewood of distinctly

segmented ribs in the larve of both Pipa and Xenopus tends

to further separate Paleobatrachus, of which the larve are

well known and show no distinct ribs, from the Aglossa, and

to justify their provisional retention among the Pelobatide.

In Xenopus there are 8 distinct presacral vertebra, as

normal in ‘Lailless Batrachians; but in Pipa and in Palaeo-

batrachus the first vertebra is formed by the fusion of two,

as proved by the passage of the first spinal nerve through

the neural arch and the presence of a diapophysis, which is

invariably absent from the atlas; this is also the case in

Hymenochirus, in which the sacro-coccygeal complex is seen

to be composed of the sacral vertebra and the urostyle, as in

Xenopus and Pipa, with only four vertebra intervening

between it and the first, thus apparently pointing to excalation,

In Paleobatrachus, according to Wolterstorff (Jahrb. nat.

Ver. Magdeb. 1886, p. 31), 9 vertebrae may be recognized,

viz., lst and 2nd fused, drd, 4th, Sth, 6th free, 7th, Sth, Yih

fused to form a sacrum.

On the whole the skeleton of Hymenochirus much more

resembles that of Pipa than that of Xenopus. The following

characters are common to all three genera :—

124 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Hymenochirus.

Fronto-parietals fused to a single bone.

Single ostium pharyngium.

No distinct mento-meckelians.

Sacral diapophyses extremely dilated and fused with the

urostyle.

Vertebre opisthoccelous.

Characters in common with Pipa :—

Fusion of the first and second vertebrae.

Coracoids much expanded towards the sternal end.

Very strong wing-like expansion of the ilia.

Characters in common with Xenopus :—

Sternal cartilage not embraced by, extending outwards

beyond, the epicoracoid cartilages.

Long thyrohyals.

Hymenochirus stands by itself in the presence of only 5

presacral vertebra; the second and third diapophyses are

very long and subequal, but not so long and not so strongly

directed forwards as in Pipa and Xenopus; the first, fourth,

and fifth are shorter and also subequal. Fronto-parietal

very broad, measuring half the width of the skull. Thyro-

hyals extremely long. ‘Tibio-fibula with a wing-like ex-

pansion of thin bone on each side, forming a deep groove on

the outer side; the two bones of the tarsus united by similar

bony expansion, which projects wing-like on each side,

Pelodytes was so far the only Batrachian in which a fusion

of the astragalus with the calcaneum was known to occur,

and this in a very different manner. The praecoracoids are

feebly curved and form a nearly straight transverse bar,

instead of an angle directed forwards.

Having thus indicated the most salient osteological features

of Llymenochirus Boettgeri, I pass on to a description of the

external characters.

Head small, very strongly flattened, a little broader than

long; snout rounded, projecting slightly beyond the mouth ;

nostrils terminal, directed upwards and forwards; eyes small,

without lids, supero-lateral; pupil round; interorbital space

about half the width of the head; no tympanum. Body

much depressed, twice and one third (¢) to thrice (2) as

long as the head. Fore limb rather feeble ; fingers moderately

elongate, sharply pointed, one-half or two-thirds webbed, first

a little shorter than second, third longest; no carpal or sub-

articular tubercles. Hind limb strong; tibio-tarsal articu-

lation reaching the eye or between the shoulder and the eye ;

tibia two fifths to one half length of head and body; toes

broadly webbed, but not to the tips, which are sharply

pointed, the inner three armed with a small black claw; third

On a new Genus of Gobioid Fishes. 125

the longest ; no metatarsal or subarticular tubercles. Skin

everywhere rough with small granular tubercles, which are

larger and conical on the sides of the body and of the limbs,

and especially on the back of the thighs ; no sensory canals.

Vent in a short dermal prominence, not covered by lips.

Olive-brown above and beneath, uniform or with very in-

distinct darker spots ; the larger tubercles somewhat lighter.

From snout to vent 37 millim.

In the general character of its integument, Hymenochiru

shows great resemblance to Pipa, while differing in the

absence of dermal appendages on the head; it also agrees

with Pipa in having the third toe the longest, whilst the

presence ef claws is only paralleled by Xenopus among Tailless

Batrachians. In its external characters, therefore, as_ well

as in its skeleton, the new genus exhibits a singular blending

of the features which distinguish the two previously known

Aglossa, and serves to connect them in a most unexpected

manner, whilst it adds to throw doubt on the propriety of

establishing families on the presence or absence of teeth, as

has been invariably the practice since the time of Duméril

and Bibron. I have been the first to lower the systematic

importance of that character (Cat. Batr. 1882) and subordi-

nate it to other points of structure derived from the skeleton,

in which reform I have been followed by Cope (Batr. N. Amer.

1889, p. 247) ; and even soon aiter (Ann. & Mag. N. H.

[6] i. 1888, p. 188) I found cause to believe that it had been

greatly overvalued as defining families, a conclusion which is

further enforced by the discovery of Hymenochirus.

XI1.— Description of a new Genus of Gobioid Fishes from

the Andes of Ecuador. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S,

OREOGOBIUS.

Body elongate, cylindrical, covered with small, strongly

ciliated scales; no lateral line. Mouth large, interior, the

lower jaw forming an angle at the symphysis; a single series

of minute, closely-set ciluform teeth in the upper jaw, directed

downwards and inwards; two series of teeth in the lower

jaw, the inner consisting of a few small canines, wide apart

and erect, with the point slightly curved inwards, the outer of

minute ciliiform teeth as in the upper jaw but directed out-

wards, perpendicular to the canines. ‘l'wo dorsal fins, the

anterior with six rays; second dorsal and anal elongate,

similarly developed, not reaching the caudal. Ventral fins

126 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

united into a disk, which is free in its two posterior thirds.

A deep axillary pit.

This new genus is, perhaps, most nearly related to Hvor-

throdus, Gill, which has likewise outwardly directed mandi-

bular teeth, but the dentition of which is otherwise entirely

different. The occurrence of a Gobioid fish in mountain

streams is a fact of exceptional interest.

Oreogobius Rosenbergii.

Depth of body 6 times in total length, length of head 5 to

54. Length of head 13 its width, which equals its depth ;

snout rounded; diameter of eye 12 in length of snout, 14 in

interorbital width, 5 in length of head ; mouth extending to

below posterior third of eye; interorbital region and occiput

flat; head naked; gill-cleft as wide as its distance from its

fellow. Dorsal VI, 110; the space between the two fins

equals + or } the base of the anterior; the rays much more

elevated in the male than in the female, the longest, in both

fins, measuring 13 length of head in the former, hardly

equalling the length of the head in the latter, Anal I 10, the

longest rays measuring ? length of head in the male, in the

female. Pectoral rounded, with 20 rays, as long as head.

Ventral disk a little broader than long, $ length of head.

Caudal rounded. A well-developed anal papilla in both sexes.

Caudal peduncle compressed, twice as long as deep. 70 to

76 scales in a longitudinal series, 16 or 17 between second

dorsal and anal. Dark brown (in spirit), with more or less

distinct yellowish cross-bars ; each scale with a blackish dot;

belly yellowish ; first dorsal, anal, and pectoral blackish ;

second dorsal and caudal greyish, with small light spots.

Total length 113 millim.

Two specimens from Paramba, N.W. Ecuador, 3500 ft.

altitude, were obtained by the British Museum from Mr. W,

F. Rosenberg.

XI1II.— Revision of British Mollusca. By the Rev. Canon

A. M. Normay, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e.

[Continued from ser. 6, vol. vi. p. 341.)

‘HE part of the Revision which I now publish was written

in 1890, but additions have been made in order to bring

our knowledge up to the present time. Publication was

delayed because 1 understood that Mr, Edgar A, Smith

would continue the publication of the ‘ Lightning’ and

of British Mollusca. 127

£ Porcupine’ Mollusca, which Jeffreys, at the time of his

death, had carried as tar as the Cerithiopside ; and I felt it

to be desirable to wait, as in case of such publication taking

place I should be able to include species there recorded,

I now print the following paper, which brings the list of

British Mollusca on the descending arrangement as far as

the Cerethiopside, which had been reached in Jeffreys’s

ascending classification. Ishallnot publish more. Revision

of arrangement and nomenclature is very desirable, but the

student, from the point to which I have brought him, will be

able to complete the list of known British Mollusca with little

difficulty if he takes Jeffreys’s ‘ British Conchology’ as his

base, and adds the species since recorded, including those

procured by the ‘ Porcupine’ and other expeditions. The

following papers, which I believe to be almost, if not

quite complete, containing records of species added to the

British fauna, will be perhaps useful for this purpose :—

(1) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.—On the ‘ Valorous’ and other

Mollusea, in which notes will be found with reference

to British species, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvii. 1876, pp. 251 & 490, vol. xix. 1877,

pp- 153, 231, 317.

(2) Norman, A. M.—“ On the Occurrence of Neomenia

(Solenopus) in the British Seas,” Ann, & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 164.

(3) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.— The Mollusca procured during

the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-

70,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1578, p. 893, 1879, p. 533,

1881, pp. 693 & 922, 1882, p. 656, 1883, p. 88,

1884, pp. 111 & 341, 1885, p. 27.

(4) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.—“ New Species of Chiton lately

found on the British Coasts,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. vi. 1880, p. 31.

(5) Murray, Joun.— Exploration of the Faroe Channel

in 1880 by H.M. hired Ship ‘ Knight Errant,’ Proce,

Roy. Soc. Edin. 1881-2. The Mollusca by J. Gwyn

JEFFREYS.

(6) Jerrreys, J. Gwyn.— Mollusca of the Cruise of the

‘'Triton’ between the Hebrides and Faroes in 1882,”

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 390; but the only stations

from which Mollusca are referred to in this paper, and

which are within the British area, are 1, 2, 10, 11, 13,

the rest are in the Faroe Channel.

(7) MarsHatL, J. T.—“On some new British Shells,”

Journ. Conchol. vol. v. 1886-88, pp. 186 & 278.

128 Rev. Canon Norman’s Reviszon

(8) Surrn, Epcar A.—“ Notes on British Hydrobie, with

a Description of a supposed new Species,” Journ.

Conchol. vol. vi. 1889, p. 142.

(9) Green, Rev. W. S.—“ Report of a Deep-Sea Trawling

Cruise off the S.W. of Ireland,’’ Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. 1889, p. 409. Mollusca by

Epe@ar A. SMITH.

(10) Bourng, G. C.— Report Trawling Cruise in H.M.S.

‘Research’ off the South-west Coast of Ireland,”

Journal Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new

series, vol. i. 1889-90, p. 306. The Mollusca by

A. M. Norman.

(11) Garstanc, WALTER.—“ A complete List of the Opistho-

branchiate Mollusca found at Plymouth,” Journ.

Marine Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new series,

vol. 1. 1890, p. 399.

(12) Jorpan, H. K.—‘‘ On the Species and Varieties of the

Genus Fusus which inhabit the Seas surrounding the

British Isles,” Journ. Conchol. vol. vi. 1890, p. 225.

In this paper species are recorded which have only been

dredged in the Faroe Channel, and therefore, I consider,

have no claim whatever to be regarded as members of the

British fauna. All that is given respecting them is “cold

area,” and the number of the station of the expedition in

which they were found. Without latitude and longitude

it is impossible for the ordinary reader of the paper to knqw

their exact habitat; but a reference to the reports of the

‘Knight Errant’ and ‘Triton’ expeditions will show their

habitat to be the Faroe Channel, and therefore they are not

noticed in the present paper. ‘The species referred to are the

five Hust, Sabint, Gray, delicatus, Jettreys, hirsutus, Jeffreys,

concinnus, Jeftreys, and lachesis, Mérch.

(13) Marsuat, J. T.—‘“ Additions to British Mollusca,”

Journ. Conchol. vol. vil. 1892-4, pp. 241 & 479,

vol. vill. 1895-7, pp. 858 & 885, vol. ix. 1898-9,

pp 61, 120, & 165.

(14) Cuaster, G. W., and Heatucore, W. H.—“ Contri-

bution to a List of the Marine Mollusca and Brachio-

yoda of the neighbourhood ot Oban,” Journ. Conchol.

vol. vil. 1892-4, p. 239.

(15) Croucn (W.).—‘* Crep:dula fornicata in Essex,” Proc.

Malacol. Soe. vol. 1. 1898, p. 19.

Many years ago, when dredging at Salcombe, in Devon-

shire, 1 tound very numerous dead shells of the American

oyster, which had been laid down there, and of Crepidula

of British Mollusca. 129

fornicata, which were no doubt living on the oysters when

imported, but all seemed to have perished.

(16) Coaster, G. W.—“ Adeorbis unisulcatus, new Species

’ from the Irish Coast,” Journ. Conchol. vol. viii.

1895-7, p. 373.

(17) Marsuatt, J. T.—‘The Marine Shells of Scilly,”

Journ. Conchol. vol. viii. 1895-7, p. 431.

(18) Garsranc, W.—“On the Gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla

of Michael Sars,” Proc. Zool. Soc., Nov. 1894, p. 664.

(19) Garstane, W.—“ The Aplacophorous Amphineura of

the British Seas,” Proc. Malacol. Soc. vol. ii, 1896,

p- 123.

In this interesting paper, under ‘‘ Fam. I. Cheetoderma-

tide,” Mr. Garstang writes: “No British representatives.”

Chetoderma nitidulum is, however, a member of the British

fauna. It was dredged by the German expedition in 37

fathoms in the “Silver pit,” which is to the west of the

Dogger Bank, and nearly east of Hull, and was described

and figured by Mobius under the name Crystallophrisson

nitens. See ‘Jahresbericht der Commiss. zur wissensch.

Unters. der deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872,

1873, 1875,’ p. 157, pl. ii. figs. 6-12.

(20) Jorpan, H. K.—‘‘ Some new Species of British Mol-

lusca from the ‘Triton’ Expedition, with a List of

other Species new to the Faroe Channel,’ Proc.

Malacol. Soe. vol. 1. 1895, p. 264.

Some of these species I cannot receive, according to my

views, as “ British ;”” and the records of localities are most

unsatisfactory —* Warm Area” being usually given without

any reference to even station, still less to latitude and longi-

tude. Mr. Jordan differs from me as regards the limits of

the “ British Area,” as he has a perfect right to do. But

I trust that naturalists will weigh what I have written on

this matter, and examine carefully with charts the condi-

tions of the sea-bottom in the disputed area, together with

Sir John Murray’s description of the Wyville Thomson

Ridge and its effect upon this fauna in the ‘ Knight Errant’

and ‘ Triton’ Reports; and then my views will not be mis-

understood as they have been by Mr. Jordan. I do not ex-

clude the Faroe Channel only because the water is cold there,

but because it geographically belongs to Faroe and not to

Britain; and the “ Wyville Thomson Ridge” separates two

oceans, since it slopes to the south into the Atlantic, with

the ‘warmer area” of that ocean at 500 fathoms, and

descends to the north into the Arctic Ocean, with its “ cold

area” of 500 fathoms.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 9

130 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

Superorder STREPTONEURA, Spengel.

Order PECTINIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder I. TOXOGLOSSA.

Fam. 1. Pleurotomide.

Genus 1. Beta, Leach.

1. Bela pyramidalis (Strom).

Bela pyramidalis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg. p. 222, pl. xvi.

figs. 3, 4.

Pleurotoma pyramidalis, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol, xix. (1878) p. 328.

‘Lightning’ Expedition, Stat. 13, lat. 59° 5’ N., long.

7° 29' W., north of the Hebrides, 189 fathoms (Jeffreys).

It is found throughout the Arctic regions of the Atlantic,

and descends the American coast as tar as Cape Cod. It is

also found fossil in the Post-Tertiary deposits and Crag.

2. Bela cancellata (Migh.), var. declivis (Lovén).

Fusus cancellatus, Migh. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. i. (1840) p. 50,

Defrancia elegans, Moll. Index Moll. Groenl. p. 86.

Tritonium declive, Lovén, CEtv. k. Vet.-Akad. Foérh. 1846, p, 146.

Bela declivis, G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 224, pl. xvi. fig. 10.

Taken together with the last species in the ‘ Lightning’

Expedition, and by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, east

of Shetland (Stat. 67), in 64 fathoms. Jeffreys also men-

tions a var. angustior as taken in 186), Stat. 65, in 345

fathoms; this was to the N.W. of Shetland.

The species occurs on the Norwegian coast not uncom-

monly, in the Arctic seas, and on the north-east American

coast, and was taken by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, on the

Channel slope in 567 fathoms south of the British area.

The typical cancellata has not yet been found in our seas ;

the specimens procured belong to the var. declivis, Lovén.

3. Bela cinerea (Miller).

Defrancia cinerea, Moller, /. c. p. 86.

Bela cinerea, G. O. Sars, /. c. p. 827, pl, xxiii. fig. 4; Friele, Den Norske

Nodhavs-Exped. 1876-8, Mollusca, ii, (1886) p. 9, pl. vii. fig. 23, &

pl. x. fig. 6.

Pleurotoma cinerea, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix,

p. 300.

Dredged by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 78, lat. 60° 14’ N,,

long. 4° 3’ W., in 290 fathoms, to the east of Shetland,

of British Mollusca. 131

It is recorded from Greenland, Spetsbergen, Iceland, and

Norway.

4, Bela Trevelyana (Turton).

This species has been well figured both by Sarsand Friele.

5. Bela tenuicostata (M. Sars).

Pleurotoma tenuicostata, M. Sars, Overs. Vid.-Selsk. Forh. 1868, p. 259,

Bela tenuicostata, G. O. Sars, J. c. p. 237, pl. xvii. fig. 1; Friele, J. ¢.

p- 14, pl. viii. figs. 16, 17, pl. x. fig. 14.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23, lat. 56° 7’ N., long. 14° 19’ W.,

030 fath., to the south of Rockall.

This species is common in the Norwegian fiords. It was

taken by the Norwegian N.-Atlantic Expedition at seventeen

stations in depths 100-1215 fathoms; was dredged by the

‘Valorous’ in the Atlantic in 1450 fathoms, by the ‘ Porcu-

pine,’ 1870, in the Bay of Biscay, and by Verrill off the

coast of New England in 1290 fathoms.

6. Bela ovalis, Friele.

Pleurotoma (Bela) ovalis, Friele, Nyt Mag. xxiii. (1877) p. 9, fig. 5.

Pleurotoma exigua, Jetiveys, Report ‘Triton’ Exped., Proc. Zool. Soe.

1883, p. 399, pl. xliv. fig. 10.

Bela pygmea, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. v. pt. 2 (1882),

p. 460, pl. lvii. fig. 8.

Bela ovalis, Friele, . c. p. 14, pl. viii. figs. 21, 22, pl. x. fig. 19.

This little species, it will be seen, has been discovered by

three expeditions in widely different areas soon after each

other. The British locality is on the Holtenta ground north-

west of the Butt of Lewis; ‘Triton’ Exped., 1882, St. 13,

lat. 59° 51! N., long. 8° 18’ W., in 570 fathoms.

It was dredged by the Norwegian Exped. at eight stations

in 658-1333 fathoms, and by Verrill off N.E. America in

312-1290 fathoms.

7. Bela bicarinata (Couthouy).

Pleurotoma bicarinata, Couthouy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. ii, 1839,

p- 105, pl. i. fig. 11.

Pleurotoma violacea, Mighels, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. i. 1841,

. 50.

a5 es cylindracea, livida, and Becki, Moller, /. c. pp. 86, 87.

Bela bicarinata, G. O. Sars, /. ¢. p. 237, pl. xvi. figs, 11, 12.

Bela violacea, id. ib. p. 238, pl. xvii. fig. 2.

Bela bicarinata, Friele, 1. ¢. p. 15, pl. viii. figs. 18, 19, pl. x. figs. 15, 16.

Pleurotoma bicarinata, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

(1877) p. 325.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, to the south of Rockall, St. 23 a, lat.

+)

oa ~ Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

56° 13! N., long. 14° 18’ W., 420 fathoms; west of Shetland,

St. 73, lat. 60° 39’ N., long. 3° 9’ W., 203 fathoms.

It is found in Norway, generally within the Arctic Circle,

in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and off the N.B. American

coast.

8. Bela exarata (Moller).

Defrancia exarata, MOU. 1. e. p. 85.

Tritonium mitrulum, Lovén, CEfvers. Vet.-Akad, Foérh. (Index Moll.

Scand.) 1846, p. 145.

Bela exarata, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 232, pl. xvi. fig. 18.

Bela nitrula, id. ib. p. 238, pl. xxiii. fig. 9.

Bela concinnula, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. v. pt. 2 (1882),

p. 468, pl. xliii. fig. 15, and pl. lvii. fig. 11.

Pleurotoma exarata, Jefireys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

(1877) p. 332.

‘Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, ‘164-1230 fathoms off

the west of Ireland ”’ (Jeffreys), that is, St. 25, lat. 56° 41’ N.,

long. 13° 39! W., near Rockall; and St. 17, lat. 54° 28! N.,

long. 11° 44’ W., to the west of Donegal Bay.

Its distribution is Norway, Arctic Ocean generally, and

North-east America. It is fossil in the Crag (A. Bell).

9. Bela turricula (Montagu).

Jeffreys, in his account of the ‘Valorous’ Mollusca, writes:—

“ The sculpture is extremely variable. Having before me a

large number of specimens from various parts of the North

Atlantic, and after a careful examination and comparison of

types of several so-called species, both recent and fossil, I am

convinced that the following must be considered synonyms

of the present species :—Defrancia nobilis, scalaris, and

Woodiana of Miller, Tritontum roseum of M. Sars, Bela

americana of Packard, and Pleurotoma Dowsoni and robusta

of 8. V. Wood. P. harpularia of Couthouy may be distinct,

but it is questionable.”

It is therefore doubtful whether any or which of the forms

here referred to as synonyms were procured in the ‘ Poreu-

pine ’ Expedition.

I am myself inclined to regard B. sca/aris and B. nobilis

as forms of turricula; and, judging from Searles Wood’s

figures, P. DVowsont and robusta are also referable to it,

I would, moreover, include Lela exarata, but hesitate as to

B. rosea, and | doubt if the shell so called by Sars has been

found in our seas, though Jeffreys records it from Oban.

B. turricula is very variable in sculpture in British seas,

but the lattice-work is always less raised than in the

Norwegian B. scalaris and nobilis, though of similar

of British Mollusca. 133

character. I have remarkably large specimens from the

Dogger Bank, one inch in length. Off the coast of Marocco,

‘Travailleur’ (Zocard).

Var. ecostata, Norman.

Longitudinal riblets of upper whorls more nu-

merous than in the type, but very small and scarcely

raised, while on the body-whorl they are either

wholly absent, or in other cases only faintly visible.

Dublin Bay (from the late Mr. W. W. Walpole).

10. Bela rufa (Montagu),= Pleurotoma rufa, Jeffreys.

Var. 1. lactea, Jeftr.

Var. 2. semicostata, Jeftr.

Var. 3. Ulideana, Thompson.

Var. 4. Cranchit, Brown.

Var. 5. angusta, Jeftr.

Jeffreys states that Sars found this species in Finmark,

This is a mistake, as it does not occur in Norway or Fin-

mark ; indeed its range is unusually limited. It is not

recorded from the Mediterranean.

Genus 2. TYPHLOMANGILIA, G. O. Sars.

1. Typhlomangilia nivalis (Lovén).

are nivalis, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iv. p. 888, v. p. 220, pl. xci.

Ti yphlomangelia nivalis, G. O. Sars, /. ce. p. 241, pl. xvii. fig. 6.

Dredged by Dr. Jeffreys and myself off Unst, Shetland, in

120 fathoms, and by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, ‘‘ N. of Hebrides,

mete i. *

I have dredged it frequently in the fiords of West Norway,

and Sars has procured it as tar north as the Lofoten Islands.

It was dredged by the ‘ ‘Travailleur’ in 1882 off the east of

Portugal (Locard).

Genus 3. SprroTropis, G. O. Sars.

1. Spirotropis carinata (Philippi).

“ Fusus modiolus, Cristofori & Jan, Cat. 1832, p. 10” (fide Jeffreys).

Pleurotoma carinatum, Philippi, Enum. Mollusc. Sicilize, vol. ii. p. 176,

pl. xxvi. fig. 19.

* Jeffreys does not give the station, and the exact depth is not

recorded for any station. The nearest is Stat. 6, 167 fathoms; and if

that station is intended, it is not within the British area.

134 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

Pleurotoma carinata, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. vol. v. p. 221, pl. cii.

fig. 7.

Spirotropis carinata, G. QO, Sars, 1. c. p. 242, pl. xvii. fig. 5a, 6 (figura

bona).

Dredged by Dr. Jeffreys and myself N.N.W. of Unst,

Shetland, in 120 fathoms, living. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, “ N. of

Hebrides, 189 fath.” *

I have dredged it frequently in the Norwegian fiords, and

it occurs in the Mediterranean. By the ‘ Travailleur ’ it was

obtained off the coasts of Spain, Portugal, and Marocco, and

as far south as the Canary Islands (Locard).

Genus 4. DRILLIA, Gray.

1. Drillia semicolon (Searles Wood).

Pleurotoma semicolon (J. Sow. ?), Searles Wood, Crag Moll., Univalves,

p. 54, pl. v. fig. 3.

Pleurotoma galerita, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. y. p. 221, pl. cii. fig. 6.

Pleurotoma semicolon, Monterosato, Nuova Revista delle Conch.

Medit. 1875, p. 42.

Jeffreys (Brit. Conch. v. p. 221) writes:—“ A fresh but

dead specimen of P. galerita, Ph. (P. galerttum, Moll. Sic.

iil. p. 172, t. xxvi. fig. 15), was dredged by Carpenter and

Thomson in 189 fathoms, about 50 miles N. of the Butt of

Lewis. It is a very rare Calabrian fossil.” Philippi’s

figure, however, does not at all resemble that of Jeffreys, and

Monterosato writes:—“Il P. galeritum, Ph.=subasperum,

Brugnone, fossile di Calabria e di Sicilia, @ differente.”’

Mediterranean, 50-100 fath. (Jeffreys, dredgings of Capts.

Spratt and Nares).

Genus 5. H&DROPLEURA, Monterosato MSS.

(Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and G. Dollfus, Moll. Marins

du Roussillon, p. 110).

1. Hedropleura_septangularts (Montagu),= Pleurotoma sept-

angularis, Jetir.

This species, which is operculated, cannot be retained in

the same genus with the inoperculated Mangilie.

Genus 6. MANGILIA, Risso.

1. Mangilia striolata (Scacchi).

2. Mangilia attenuata (Montagu).

* This exact depth is not given for any station; probably Stat. 85,

190 fathoms. I have a good living specimen, dredged by the ‘ Porcupine ’

and given me by Sir Wyville Thomson.

of British Mollusca. 135

3. Mangilia costata (Donovan).

Var. coarctata, Forbes & Hanley.

4, Mangilia rugulosa (Philippi).

5. Mangilia brachystoma (Philippi).

6. Mangilia nebula (Montagu).

Var. 1. elongata, Jeftr.

Much larger, 2? inch long, pale in colour; ribs

little raised; spiral strie faint or absent. Bantry

and Shetland (A. I. N.).

Var. 2. levigata, Philippi, = Pleurotoma levigata, var.

minor (Jeffreys).

“ Anfractibus planiusculis, contiguis, levibus, sub

lente tenuissime striatis, superne obsolete plicatis ;

apertura oblonga, tertiam longitudinis partem

eequante ; cauda brevissima’”’ (Philippi). Ribs of

last whorl evanescent or absent.

Var. 3. vittata, Norman,=Pleurotoma levigata, Jef-

freys (partim).

“The space below the suture is girded by a

thickened rim, and is always ribless” (Jeffreys).

Jeffreys’s var. minor is no doubt the true levigata;

but this remarkably fine shell, which he and I took

together living between tide-marks at Belgrave

Bay, Guernsey, and from which his description of

levigata was taken, differs much more widely from

the typical nebula than do the true /eviyata. It is

like devigata in general character, but attains a

large size, *6 inch, and has a marked rounded

smooth fillet passing round the summit of each

whorl and projected over the preceding one. I

have seen nothing like this in Mediterranean levi-

gata, examined from many localities, nor is this

fillet described by any other writer,

Var. 4. lactea, Jeffreys.

Subgenus 1. PLEUROTOMELLA, Vervill.

7. Mangilia Packardi, Verrill.

Pleurotomella Packardi, Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci. y. p. 15 (Dee. 1872) ;

Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. v. p. 453, pl. xliii. fig. 9, pl. lvii. fig. 5,

vol, vi. p. 268.

Defrancia formosa, Jeffreys, Proc, Zool. Soc, 1883, p. 397, pl. xliv.

figs. 9, 9a,9b; Watson, Rep. ‘ Challenger,’ Gast. (1885) p. 349,

136 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

Pleurotomella Saffardi, Verrill & Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad. vi. (1884),

p. 151, pl. xxxi. figs, 4, 4a.

Pleurotomella Packardi, var. formosa, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.

vol. xviii. (1889) p. 119.

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 65, lat. 61° 10! N., long. 2° 21' W.,

345 fathoms. ‘ Triton,’ 1882, St. 13, lat. 59° 51’ N., long.

5° 18’ W., 570 fathoms, a single specimen (Jeffreys).

“Triton, 1882, St. 11, lat.-39°.30"N., Tous. 7. 45 ee

555 fathoms (Norman).

It has been found off the east coast of America in 85 to

1608 fathoms; by the ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, off the Lusi-

tanian coast, in 414-1095 fathoms; by the ‘ Challenger’ off

the Azores, 1000 fathoms, off the Canaries in 1125 fathoms,

and off Culebra Island, West Indies, in 890 fathoms. A

fragment of this species has also been procured by Prof.

G. O. Sars in 400 fathoms, Storeggen, off the Norwegian

coast.

Subgenus 2, THESBIA, Jeffreys.

8. Mangilia nana (Lovén).

Columbella (Thesbia) nana, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. vol. iv. p. 359,

pl. Ixxxvil. fig. 4.

Jeffreys placed this species in the genus Columbella, which

has an operculum, and differs widely from this little species.

Subgenus 3, TERETIA (Teres, emend.), Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. 1882.

9. Mangilia anceps (Hichwald).

Pleurotoma anceps, Eichwald, Naturhist. von Lith. und Volh. (1880),

p. 225.

Pleurotoma teres, Forbes (non Reeve), Rep. Aigean Invert. 1844,

pp. 189 & 190, and Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. vol. xiv, (1844) p. 412,

l. x. fig. 3.

iaieaiee teres, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iv, p. 862, pl. xxxviii. fig. 5.

Raphitoma anceps, G, O, Sars, 1. c. p. 219, pl. xvii. fig. 9.

Pleurotoma (Teres) anceps, Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. Moll, Marins du

Roussillon, 1888, p. 27 and woodcut.

Subgenus 4. BELLARDIELLA, P. Fischer, 1883

(Man. de Conchyl. p. 593).

10. Mangiliagracilis (Montagu) ,= Defrancia gracilis, Jeffreys.

I have followed Fischer’s arrangement in including the

foregoing subgenera under Mangilia; but the last two can

scarcely ultimately remain in that position, the labial sinus

of their lip clearly distinguishing them from Aangilia proper.

I have kept the next genus distinct, as it appears to embrace

a natural group.

of British Mollusca. 137

Genus 7. CLATHURELLA, Carpenter, 1857

(=Defrancia, Millet, 1826, but not of Bronn, 1825).

1. Clathurella linearis (Montagu), = Defrancia linearis,

Jeffreys.

Var. intermedia, F. & H.,=cequalis, Jeftr.

2. Clathurella reticulata (Renier), = Defrancia reticulata,

Jeffreys.

Var. asperrima, F. & H.,=var. formosa, Jeftr.

3. Clathurella purpurea (Montagu),=Defrancia purpurea,

Jeffreys.

Var. 1. Philberti, Michaud.

Var. 2. La Vie, Phil.,=var. oblonga, Jeftr.

4. Clathurella Leufroyt (Michaud).

Var. carnosula, Jeftr,

Fam. 2. Cancellariide.

Genus 1. ADMETE, Moller.

1. Admete virtdula (Fabricius).

Tritonium viridulum, Fabricius, Faun. Greenl. 1780, p. 402.

Admete viridula, G. O. Sars, 1. ce. p. 216, pl. xiii. figs. 1 a, 6,2; Friele,

Lc. p. 24, pl. viii. figs. 27-80.

eran viridula, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

p. 322,

The following locality is within the British area :—

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 65, lat. 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21’ W.,

345 fath. to the N.W. of Shetland.

Admete viridula has a very extensive northern range. It

is found in all parts of Arctic Europe, and on the coasts of

Norway and the United States; in Behring Strait and

N. Japan. It was taken, ‘ Porcupine,’ Stat. 1, 1870, in

567 fath. on the slope of the English Channel.

It is found fossil in the Red and Coralline Crag.

Suborder II. RHACHIGLOSSA.

Fam. 1. Fasciolariide.

Genus 1. TroscHELIA, Mérch, 1876

(= Boreofusus, G. O. Sars, 1878).

1. Troschelia berniciensis (King).

‘Triton,’ St. 13, lat. 59° 51’ N., long. 8° 18’ W., 570 fath.

138 Rev. Canon Norman’s Reviston

‘ Lightning,’ St. 13, lat. 59° 5’ N., long. 7°29’ W., 189 fath.,

off Butt of Lewis.

Var. elegans, Jeffreys.

Off Shetland, 78-100 fath. (Jeffreys & Norman).

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 84, lat. 59° 34’ N., long.

6° 34! W., 155 fath.

Var. inflata, Jeffreys. Spire shorter, whorls more

swollen, shell thin and delicate.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 74, lat. 60° 89’ N., long.

3° 9' W., 203 fath.; St. 78, lat. 60° 14’ N., long.

4° 30' W., 290 fath.

The type was taken in the Bay of Biscay by the ‘ Porcu-

pine’ and ‘Travailleur ’ expeditions, and together with the two

varieties by the ‘ Véringen’ expedition. Its range has been

extended as far south as coast of Marocco and the Canary

Isles by the ‘ Talisman’ (Locard).

Fam. 2. Turbinellide.

Genus 1. Mrerzcerta, Norman, 1878 (= Meyeria,

Dunker & Metzger, 1878 (nec Meyerta, M‘Coy, Crust. 1849)).

[Metzgeria alba (Jeffreys).

Tritonium pusillum, M. Sars, Overs. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand. 1858,

p- 39 (name only).

Latirus albus, Jeffreys, in Wyville Thomson’s Depths of the Sea, 1873,

p- 464 (woodcut).

Lathyrus and Meyeria albellus, Dunker & Metzger, Nach. d. deutsch.

malak.-zool. Gesellschaft, 1874, p. 8, and Zool. Ergebnisse der Nord-

seefahrt, 1874, pp. 257 & 264 and woodcut.

Metzgeria alba, Norman, Mollusca of the Bergen Fiords, Journ. of

Conchology, vol. ii. 1879, p. 56.

Meyeria pusilla, G. O. Sars, l. c. 1878, p. 245, pl. xiii. fig. 8,

In the ‘ Depths of the Sea’ this species is spoken of as “ an

interesting addition to the already famous Shetland fauna,”

but under the woodcut is written ‘ Faroe Channel.” Un-

fortunately no station is mentioned, and therefore at present,

until Dr. Jeffreys’s MS. is published, some doubt must

attach to its being found in our area. Jeffreys gave me a

fine living example from the dredging of 1869, but unfor-

tunately without station also.

On the West Norwegian coast I have dredged it in Bergen

Fiord ; off Sartoro, in 15-40 fath.; Solems Fiord, Floré, in

100-250 fath.; and near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiords

of British Mollusca. 139

in many places, in 50-100 fath. ; and in Stoksund, 125 fath.

Dredged as far south as the Azores by the ‘ Talisman’

(Locard).]

Fam. 3. Buccinida.

Genus 1, NepruneA, Bolten, 1789.

1. Neptunea antiqua (Linn.).

2. Neptunea despecta, Linn.

Murex despectus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1222.

Fusus tornatus, Gould, Invert. Mass., edit. Binney (1870), p. 374,

Neptunea despecta, G. O. Sars, /. c, p. 267, pl. xiv. figs. 4 a-c.

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 1, off Valentia, Ireland, 110 fath.,

and between Galway and the ‘ Porcupine’ Bank. Also off

South of Ireland (in Mus. Nor.).

Its distribution is Christiania Fiord, Western Norway and

Finmark, Iceland, Arctic Europe generally, Greenland and

N.E. America, Siberia.

It is a most variable species, and Neptunea antiqua seems

to be its southern form ; and the species becomes keeled more

or less, and then nodulous as the Neptunea is found under

increasing boreal and arctic conditions.

Genus 2. UKKO, Friele (=Jumala, Friele).

For this change in the generic name see Norman, “A

Month on the Trondhjem Fiord,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xii., Nov. 1893, p. 352.

1. Ukko Turtont (Bean).

In the paper just referred to I have figured two Norwegian

forms of this shell.

Genus 3. VoLuTorsis, Morch.

1. Volutopsis norvegica (Chemn.).

Genus 4. Sipuo, Klein.

Subgenus 1, Srpuo (typical),

* Apex irregular.

1. Sipho islandicus (Chemn.).

Long ago Mr. Walpole procured a specimen from off the

Wexford coast which is now in the collection of Dr. Mason,

of Burton, who purchased Walpole’s Mollusca. In 1861 |

140 Rev. Ganon Norman’s Revision

dredged two dead examples 40 to 50 miles off the south-

eastern coast of Shetland in 78 fathoms. Jeffreys had the

more important Mollusca in these expeditions, while I had

the animals of other classes, and these two specimens are now

in the United States National Museum. It has not been

again met with in our seas until the last few years, when

specimens have been obtained from fishermen’s lines from the

west of Dunmore, Co. Waterford. Two of these I procured

through Mr. C. Jeffreys, of Tenby. They are living and

very fine shells, 43 inches long. One when sent off to me

was still alive, and when it arrived, though dead, the animal

was quite sweet and fresh. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1569, between

Galway and the ‘Porcupine’ Bank. Stpho islandicus was

dredged by the ‘ Véringen’ as far north as midway between

Beeren Island and Spetsbergen in 123 fath. Its most

southern known locality is coast of Marocco, ‘ Talisman’

(Locard).

2. Stpho gracilis (Da Costa).

This species is subject to very considerable variation.

My. H. Jordan has described (‘Journal of Conchology,’ vol. vi.

1890, p. 232) three British forms under the names var. Belli-

ana, var. Coulsoni, and var. convoluta, the first from the

coasts of Wexford and Waterford, the second from Shetland

(where it is the common form on the ‘ Haaf”’), the last from

Wick, N.B.; but these varieties can scarcely be recognized

by descriptions. Var. convoluta has been sent to me by

Mr. Jordan from another locality, the Scilly Islands, and I

have fine examples of it from the Dogger Bank. The Sipho

glaber of Verkruzen and Sars (/. ¢. p. 271, pl. xv. fig. 7) is

also nothing more than a short variety of S. gracilis in which

also the spiral sculpture is almost obsolete. The range of the

species southwards extends to Marocco, where it was dredged

by the ‘Talisman’ (Locard).

3. Sipho turgidulus (Jeffreys, MS.), Friele.

Fusus turgidulus (Jetfr. MS.), Friele, Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskab,

1877, p. 8; Kobelt, Jahrb. mal. Gesells. vol. iv. (1877) p. 278, pl. iv.

Neptunea (Sipho) turgidula, Friele, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Buccin-

ide (1882), p. 11, pl. i. figs. 13-18, pl. iv. figs. 11-28; Kobelt, Mart,

u. Chemn. Conch.-Cab. ii. p. 110, pl. i. figs. 13-18, pl. iv. figs, 14-28 ;

Kobelt, Icon. schlentr, europ. Meeresconch. vol. i. Heft 3 (1885), ~

p. 74, pl. xi. figs. 4, 5.

In the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition, 1869, it was met with in

155 and 345 fathoms. This gives us St. 84, lat. 59° 34’ N.,

of British Mollusca. 141

long. 6° 34’ W., and St. 65, 61° 10' N., long. 2° 21’ W.; the

first of these is North of the Butt of Lewis, the second N.W.

of Shetland.

By the ‘ Voringen’ it was dredged in 223-649 fath. at six

stations, the most northern being lat. 72° 53’ N., long. 19° 52/

E. By the ‘ Travailleur’ it was dredged off the coast of

Spain (Locard).

Subgenus 2, SrpHoNorsrs, Moreh.

** Apex depressed ; embryonic whorls gradually diminishing; antigyrous.

4. Sipho propinquus (Alder).

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, N. of Hebrides, 189-530 fath.

5. Stpho Jeffreysianus (Fischer).

Fusus buccinatus, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. (1868), p. 340 (nec F. buccinatus,

Lamarck).

Fusus Jeffreysianus, Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. xvi. p. 37; Actes de

la Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux, xxviii. (1869) p. 141.

Fusus Jeffreysianus, Jettreys, B. C. v. p. 219, pl. lxxxvi. fig, 4.

Fischer records it from all the S.W. coasts of France, and

Locard as taken off the north of Spain by the ‘ Travailleur.’

6. Sipho attenuatus (Jeffreys).

Fusus attenuatus, Jeffreys, Proc. Roy. Soc. xviii. no. 121 (1870), p. 434

(name only) ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. (1876) p. 326,

“ Shell spindle-shaped, solid, opaque, rather glossy ; the

periphery is bluntly angled in a half-grown specimen; sculp-

ture consisting of numerous spiral impressed lines and of

minute close-set and slight lines of growth; colour ivory-

white; epidermis thin and smooth, pale yellowish white;

spire long and slender, tapering to a very blunt and regularly

spiral point, which is not mamillar or twisted; whorls 8-9,

compressed, especially below the suture; the last occupies

about two thirds of the shell, when viewed with the mouth

upwards ; the topmost whorls are nearly equal in breadth ;

suture distinct, but not channelled nor deep; it is defined by

a thickened edge; mouth oblong, acute-angled above, its

length, including that of the canal, is about two fifths of the

shell ; canal open, rather long and straight ; outer lip thin,

smooth inside ; inner lip filmy; pillar flexuous ; operculum

ear-shaped, yellowish brown, curved on the outer side and

incurved towards the base on the inner side; it is marked

with a few slightly impressed lines, which radiate towards the

terminal nucleus. L. 2°25. B. 0°85.”

142 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 28, lat. 56° 44’ N., long. 12° 52’ W.,

1215 fath., which is 8.S.K. trom Rockall. Jeffreys also gives

off West of Ireland, ‘ 1180,” but there was no dredging at

that depth. St. 43, lat. 50° 1’ N., long. 12° 26’ W.,

1207 fath.

It was dredged by the ‘ Valorous’ in the Atlantic on the

top of a mountain which was discovered (St. 13, lat. 56° 1’ N.,

long. 34° 42! W.) rising some 4500 feet out of the surrounding

abyss, but still covered by 690 fathoms of water.

Ihave thought it well to give Jeffreys’s description because

at present there is much uncertainty as regards this shell, Is

it the same as G. O. Sars’s Stpho tortuosus, var. attenuatus,

who has stated that Jeffreys so regarded it? But later (1883)

in ‘ Triton’ Report, Jeffreys writes :—“ My Fusus attenuatus

is not a variety of that species” [?. e. tortuosus], but does not

state whether he considered it the same as Sars’s Finmarkian

var. attenuatus.

I retain it as doubtfully distinct in consequence of a passage

in Friele’s Monograph of the ‘ Véringen’ Buccinide, and I

put much trust in his judgment.

But first let me state that Friele considers the three

forms described and figured by Sars, which include his

var. attenuatus, to be one species, which is (fusus tortuosus,

Reeve, probably) Zritontum turritum, M. Sars,=Sipho

tortuosus, Kobelt and G. O. Sars, = Chrysodomus turritus,

Dall *. Sars and Friele have had large series of these shells

through their hands, and as they agree their judgment may

be regarded as pretty conclusive. Judging from the Fin-

markian examples of the three forms which I possess, I also

am of the same opinion; and to the synonyms I should be

inclined to add as a variety in which the shell is rather wider

than usual Fusus delicatus, Jeffreys (‘ Triton’ Exped., Proe.

Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 396, pl. xliv. fig. 6). Moreover, it

may be noted that the Meptunea attenuata of Kobelt (Icon,

europ. Meeresconchylien, p. 78, pl. xiv. fig. 12) is a copy of

Sars’s figure of his var. attenuata.

Respecting Jeftreys’s shell, Friele writes: —“ Sars states that

Dr. Jeffreys has himself identified the variety attenuata (/. ¢.

pl. xv. fig. 5) as Fusus attenuatus, Jeffreys. I had oppor-

tunity of examining this form in Dr. Jeffreys’s collection ;

but Fusus attenuatus, it appeared to me, was a species per-

fectly distinct from Neptunea turrita. ‘The canal, | observed,

was comparatively more open and straight, and the whorls

flatter.”

* In ‘Valorous’ Report Jeffreys calls turritus a variety of propin-

quus; in ‘Knight Errant’ Report, later, he says “not F. propinguus,

Alder, var.”

of British Mollusca, 143

It is worthy of notice that even the var. attenuata of Sars

is subject to considerable difference of contour. My example

from Tromsé, received from Herr Schneider, though smaller

than that figured by Sars, being just 13 inch, has an additional

whorl, and is narrower in proportion to its length, thus

approaching more in proportion to S. lachesis, to which,

however, its comparatively flattened whorls and twisted canal

show no approach. Locard records this species as taken

off the coast of Marocco by the ‘ Travailleur.’

7. Sipho ebur, Morch.

Fusus (Siphonorbis) ebur, Mérch, Journ, d. Conch. (1869), p. 398 *.

trae Sarsii, Jetir., S. Wood, Suppl. Crag Moll. (1872), p. 25, pl. i.

Fusus Moebii, Dunker and Metzger, Jahresb. der Comm. zur Unters.

der deutschen Meere, 1874, p. 360, pl. vi. fig. 1.

Neptunea (Siphonorbis) ebur, Friele, Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Buc-

cinide (1882), p. 18, pl. ii. figs. 20-25, pl. v. figs. 1-3.

Neptunea ebur, Kobelt, Icon. europ. Meeresconch. Heft 3 (1885), p. 13,

pl. xiii. figs. 5, 6 (copies from Friele).

Neptunea Sarsii, Kobelt, 1. c. p. 79, pl. xiii, figs. 7,8 (fig. 8, copy from

G. O. Sars).

‘Knight Errant,’ 1880, Stat. 5, lat. 59° 26’ N., long.

7° 19’ W., 515 fathoms, near the Holtenta ground, N.W.

from the Butt of Lewis.

I have dredged young specimens in the neighbourhood of

Lervig in the Hardanger Fiord in 100-210 fathoms, which is,

] believe, its present known southern limit in Norway; Kors

Fiord, near Bergen, 300 fathoms (Friele); and ranging

straight up the coasts of Norway and Finmark “ to the tract

of ocean between Norway and Novaja Zemlja, lat. 72° 31’

N., long. 21° 51’ E. (Friele).” Coast of Greenland (Mérch).

Fossil in the Crag (Searles Wood).

8. Sipho fusiformis (Broderip).

Buccinum fusiforme, Broderip, Zool. Journ. v. p. 45, pl. iii. fig. 3.

Fusus fenestratus, Turton, Mag. Nat. Hist. vil. p. 391; Jeffreys, B. C.

iii. p. 343.

One of the original British specimens procured by

Humphreys from fish-stomachs at Cork, which was in

Walpole’s collection and passed thence to that of Dr. Mason,

was kindly given me by the latter, ‘ Porcupine, 1869, off

the mouth of the Shannon, Ireland, 90 fathoms (St. 6) ;

‘Flying-Fox,’ 1889, 110 fathoms, off the south coast of

Ireland, a very fine specimen 52 mm. in length (Z. A. Smith).

* This was disputed by Jeffreys, but Friele has compared types, for

observations on which see his paper.

144 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

F. fenestratus generally occurs in 100-200 fathoms, and is

found throughout Norway, where | have dredged it fine and

living in two places near the mouth of the Hardanger Fiord

in 80-120 fathoms. . Friele records it in the ocean as far

north as lat. 72 27’ N., long. 20° 51’ E. Jeffreys took it

in the ‘ Valorous’ in Davis Strait, 410 fathoms (the greatest

depth recorded for the species), and mentions its occurrence

in the Bay of Biscay, where K. A. Smith, on authority of

Jeffreys’s MSS., states that it was dredged by the ‘ Travailleur’

in 277 to 731 fathoms, also off coast of Marocco (Locard).

Genus 5. Liomesus, Stimpson, 1865

(= Buccinopsis, Jeffreys, 1863; non Conrad, 1857,

nec Deshayes, 1865).

1. Liomesus Dalet (J. Sow.).

To the west of St. Kilda, 100 fathoms (Hoyle).

2. Liomesus (?) striatus (Jeffreys).

Buccinopsis striata, Jeffreys, in Wyville Thomson’s ‘ Depths of the Sea,’

p. 468, and woodcut p. 364,

This remarkable-looking shell is stated to be “ another

interesting addition to the already famous Shetland fauna,”

but no station or depth is given. Its retention in this genus

is very problematical.

Genus 6. Buccinum, Linné.

1. Buccinum undatum, Linn,

I have found the true Buccinum undatum as far north-east

as Vadsé, on the Varanger Fiord. ‘There it occurs between

tide-marks, and near at hand, in similar position, B. gran-

landicum ; while at another part, all within a range of less

than half a mile, there occurs in abundance a Buccinum, which

is, I believe, unknown elsewhere, and is so intermediate

between these two species, that it is difficult to say to which

it should be referred. In size it resembles more nearly the

latter ; but many of the specimens have sculpturing closely

analogous to that of the former. It is possibly a hybrid. It

has been named B. parvudum, Verkruzen, Another northern

form of this species is B. Schneidert, Verkruzen, a very

pretty milk-white form from deep water off Vard6, where it

lives in company with B. perdiz, Mérch (=B. jinmarchianum,

Sars).

of British Mollusca. 145

2. Buccinum Humphreysianum, Bennett.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 1, off Valentia, 110 fathoms.

‘Poreupine,’ 1870, and ‘ Travailleur,’ Bay of Biscay (Jef-

Jreys); Norwegian coast, where I have dredged it at the entrance

of Fane Fiord near Bergen, and at Floré in 47-70 fathoms.

Genus 7. Donovanta, Bucq., Dautz., & Doilf.

(= Lachesis, Risso, 1826 (preoccupied)).

Donovania minima, Bucq., Dautz., & Dollf. Mollusques Marins du

Roussillon, 1883, p. 112, pl. xv. figs. 26-30.

Donovania minima, Martin T. Woodward, Some Account of the Syn-

onymy and Affinities of Donovania minima, Proc. Malacol. Soe. vol.

iii. 1899, p. 235.

1. Donovania minima (Mont.).

Var. pallida, Jeffr.

Var. alba, Jeffr.

I have arranged this genus here in consequence of Mr. M.

T. Woodward’s paper on the animal and radula, which he has

just published.

Fam. 4. Nasside.

Genus 1. Nassa, Lamarck.

1. Nassa reticulata (Linn.).

Var. nitida, Jeffreys,= Nassa nitida, Jeffreys, B. C.

iv. p. 399.

2. Nassa incrassata (Strém).

3. Nassa pygmea, Lamarck.

Fam. 5. Columbellida.

Genns 1. Astyris, H. & A. Adams.

[ Astyris rosacea (Gould).

Buccinum rosaceum, Gould, Silliman’s Journal, xxxviii. (1840) p. 197.

Mangelia Hobéllii (Beck), Moller, Ind. Moll. Groenl., Nat. Tidssk.

iv. 1842, p. 85.

Buccinum Holbéllii, Waller, Mollusca Antrim Coast, Journ. Roy,

Dubl. Soe. ii. (1858) p. 30, pl. i. fig. 1 a-d.

Columbella rosea, Gould, Invert. Mass., edit. Binney, 1870, p. 357.

Pyrene rosacea, G. O. Sars, J. c. p. 251, pl. xvi. fig. 1.

“N. of Hebrides, 170 fath., C. & T.” (Brit. Conch. v.

p- 219). This must refer to the ‘ Lightning’ Exped. St. 9

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 10

3

146 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision i

which is lat. 60° 24’ N., long. 6° 38’ W., and beyond the

British area. It has been dredged, but fossil, on the Turbot

Bank, Co. Antrim, by Waller and others; in the Minch by

- Jeffreys and myself; and off the coast of Aberdeenshire by

Mr. R. Dawson.

It is found living on the western and northern coasts of

Norway ; on the former I have dredged it in the Bergen and

Hardanger Fiords, Spetsbergen, Greenland, N.E. coast of

N. America, and Alaska. Fossil in the Upper Glacial

deposits. |

Genus 2. ANAcHIS, H. & A. Adams.

1. Anachis haliceti, Jeffreys.

Columbella halieti, Jeffreys, B. C. iy. p. 356.

Pyrene costulata, G. O. Sars, l. c. p. 252, pl. xxiii. fig. 16; Jeffreys,

‘Knight Errant,’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1882, p. 46.—Nee Fusus

costulatus, Cantraine, vide Jeffreys, ‘Triton,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883,

. 392.

pies ss halieti, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xviii. 1889, p. 188.

Dredged by Jeffreys and myself about 25 miles N.N.W.

of Unst, in 85-95 fathoms, together with a var. albula (vide

B. C. v. p. 219). ‘ Lightning,’ 1868, St. 14, lat. 59° 59! N.,

long. 9° 15' W., 650 fathoms; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, between Gal-

way and the Porcupine Bank ; ‘ Knight Errant,’ 1880, St. 7,

lat. 59° 37! N., long. 7° 19’ W., 530 tathoms; ‘ Triton,’ 1882,

St. 13, lat. 59° 31! N., long. 8° 18! W., 570 fathoms ; § Flying-

Fox,’ 1889, 1000 fathoms, off the south of Ireland (#. A.

Smith).

Beyond the British area it was dredged by the * Porcupine,’

1869, St. 42, lat, 49° 12! N., long. 12° 52’ W., 862 fathoms ;

1870, in the Mediterranean, 1412 fathoms, where it was

also procured by the Italian Expedition in 85-544 fathoms,

It occurs also in the Bay of Biscay, ‘ Porcupine’ and

‘Travailleur’ ; among the Lofoten Islands and Finmark (G. O.

Sars), and off the N.E. coast of America, 48-1537 fathoms

(Verrill),

Fam. 6. Muricide.

Genus 1. OciNeBRA, Gray.

Ocinebra differs from Murex in its radula and _ its

operculum,

1. Ocinebra erinacea (Linn.),= Murex erinaceus, Jetty.

Var. tarentina, Lamarck.

This is the common form in our seas. It is not a “ half-

grown” state, as Jeffreys says it is (Brit. Conchol, vol. iv.

of British Mollusca. 147

p. 810), but a form which has the ribs much less strongly

developed than more southern specimens.

Var. tetragona, J. Sow.

Purpura tetragona, Searles Wood, Crag Moll 1848, p. 38,

pl. iv. fig. 7 a-d.

In the ‘ Annals,’ 1883, a controversy will be found between

Jeffreys and Searles Wood, the former maintaining that this

shell was a Purpura, the latter that it was a variety of

Ocinebra erinacea. Searles Wood kindly sent me some of

his specimens of this form from Felixstowe, and it appears

to me that he was beyond question right in transferring

them to this genus.

Var. melanostoma, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 218.

Black-mouthed, Jersey (Dodd).

What Jeffreys calls var. sculpta, B. C. iv. p. 308, I judge,

from the description, to be what I consider the type of the

species. A remarkable variety which is found further south,

but has not yet occurred on our coasts, is the Murex torosus,

Lamarck,

2. Ccrinebra aciculata (Lamarck),= Murex aciculatus, Jeffr.

In the Channel Islands specimens attain much larger

dimensions than any I have seen from the Mediterranean

or Madeira.

A genus has been made for this shell, Ocznebrina, Jous-

seaume, 1880,= Corallinia, Bucquoy and Dautzenberg, 1882 ;

but it is at most a section of Ocinebra.

Genus 2. TropHon, Montfort.

1. Trophon muricatus (Mont.).

Var. lactea, Jeftr.

This variety was dredged by Jeffreys and myself

in Hurds Deep, near Guernsey, in 60 fath. I have

not seen it from any other locality.

2. Trophon barvicensis, Johnston.

I have collected this in many localities on the west coast of

Norway ; but all the specimens thence are much inferior in

size to those from our own seas. Its range has been extended

southwards to the coast of Marocco by the ‘ Travailleur’

(Locard).

3. Trophon truncatus (Strém).

Var. scalaris.

This variety, though similar in character, must

148 Rev. Canon Norman’s Revision

not be confounded with var. Gunnert of the fol-

lowing species.

Jeffreys (B.C.iv. p. 521) points out the distinctions

between this and 7. clathratus, but in his subse-

quent papers he united them. It was taken in the

‘ Lightning’ expedition in 530 fath. (St. 12).

[Trophon clathratus (Linn.).

Jeffreys, in his account of ‘ Valorous’ Mollusca (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix. 1877, p. 325), gives ‘ Porcu-

pine’ Expedition, 1869, off the Hebrides, 165-580 fath. No

station has the exact depth of 165, but St. 60 is 167 fath.,

and 580 fath. is the depth of St. 59; but neither of these two

stations is within the British area.]

4, Trophon carinatus, Jeffreys.

Trophon carinatus, Jeffreys, Mollusca of ‘ Triton,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883,

p. 395, pl. xliv. fig. 5.

A fragment thus named, with the following description :—

‘Shell distinguishable from 7’. clathratus in having a promi-

nent keel in the middle of each whorl; the laminar ribs are

fewer and obtusely angulated; the spiral stria, which cover

the interstices of the ribs, are numerous, regular, compara-

tively strong, and flexuous or curved ; colour white ; inner lip

glazed and lustrous. L. (if perfect) 06. B. 0-25.”

St. 13, lat. 59° 51! N., long. &° 18’ W., 570 fath.

This may, I think, prove to be the 7. lacunellus of Dall,

‘Blake’ Mollusca (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xviii. 1889, p. 205,

pl. xv. fig. 4), or 7. aculeatus, Watson, ‘ Challenger.’

Genus 3. PurPuRA, Bruguiére.

1, Purpura lapillus (Linn.).

Var. 1. imbricata, Lamk.

I am indebted to the kindness of Mrs. Stebbing

for a reversed monstrosity of P. /apillus found by her

living on the North Wales coast.

[Purpura hemastoma (Linn.), Jeffr. B. C. iv. p. 283.

I am not aware that the occurrence of this species at Guern-

sey has been confirmed. It may reasonably be expected there,

as it occurs on the opposite coast of France (P. Fischer).]

ny

)

of British Mollusca. 149

Suborder II]. TASNIOGLOSSA.

Fam. 1. Tritonide.

Genus 1. Triton, Montfort, 1810

(= Tritontum, Cuvier).

1. Triton nodifer, Lamarck.

2. Triton cutaceus (Linn.).

Fam. 2. Cassidide.

Genns 1. CasstpartA, Lamarck, 1812.

1. Cassidaria rugosa (Linn.).

Buccinum rugosum, Linn. Mantissa (1771), p. 549.

Buccinum tyrrhenum, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab, (1788), vol. x. p. 192,

pl. cliii. figs. 1461, 1462.

Cassidaria depressa, Philippi, Moll. Sic. vol. ii. (1844), p. 186, pl. xxvii.

fig. 3, varietas.

Cassilaria rugosa, Hidalgo, Moluscos de Espaiia &c., 1870-82, pl.

Cassidaria tyr rhena, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, Mollusques du

Roussillon, fase. ii. (1882) pl. ix. fig. 3.

This species was first recorded as a member of our fauna by

Mr. G. C. Bourne, who procured two specimens (one of

which preserved with the animal in spirits is in my collection)

ina trawling- cruise of H.M.S. ‘ Research’ off the south-west

of Ireland, lat. 50° 29’ 26” N., long. 11° 4’ W., in 400 fath.

In the trawl with it were the fish Haloporphyrus eques ; the

Echinoderms Spatangus purpureus, Echinus norvegicus, and

Nymphaster subspinosus ; the Crustacea Bathynectes superbus,

Ebalia nuz, Lispognathus Thomsont, Scyramathea Carpentert,

Eupagurus carneus, and Parapagurus pilosimanus; and the

Actinozoa Epizoanthus paguriphilus and Actinauge Richard: ;

also a living example of another very interesting addition to

our molluscan fauna, Solarium mediterraneum, Monterosato

(see G. C. Bourne, “ Report of a Trawling-Cruise in H.M.S.

‘Research’ off the South-west of Ireland,’ Journ. Marine

Biol. Assoc. United Kingdom, new series, vol. i. 1889-90,

p- 306). Cassidaria rugosa has been since several times

recorded off the same part of Ireland (see Marshall, Journ.

Conchol. vol. vii. p. 380).

Distribution. Mediterranean, common. In the Atlantic it

has been taken at Guetaria (Hidalgo) , Cadiz (Paz), Bay of

Biscay, ‘ Porcupine’ and ‘ Travailleur’ (Jeffreys), Belle lle,

Hoedic, and Croisic (Cazlliaud), off Marocco, ‘ Talisman’

(Locard).

150 Rey. Canon Norman’s Revision

This would certainly seem to be the Buccinum rugosum,

Linn. (nec Gmelin). Hidalgo, in support of this view, draws

special attention to the words italicized in the following

description of Linné:— Testa magnitudine ovi, alba, striis

transversis, elevatis, numerosissimis, confertissimis : quarum

sexta (a sutura spirali) crasstor, tuberculis constituens cingu-

lum. Spira omnino ovata, acuta. Cauda exserta, leviter

ascendens. Labrum marginatum, intus ineequaliter tubercu-

latum. Labium inferius /ate explanatum, tn ipsa fauce in-

aquale. Crypta, inter testam et labium interius, profunda.

Bonanni, Recr. 3, fig. 160.”

This description seems clearly to apply to the present

species and not to a variety of Casstdaria echinophorus. For

fuller observations on the subject see Hidalgo’s work.

Fam. 3. Cypreide.

Genus 1. OvutA, Bruguiére, 1789.

Subgenus Srmnza, Leach, 1829.

1. Ovula patula (Pennant).

Genus 2. Cyprma, Linné.

Subgenus Trryia, Gray.

1. Cyprea europea, Mont.

Genus 3. Erato, Risso.

1. Erato levis (Donovan).

Marginella levis, Jefireys, B. C. iv. p. 400, pl. xcii. fig. 1.

Fam. 4. Aporrhaide.

Genus 1. APORRHAIS (Petiver, 1702), Da Costa.

1. Aporrhais pes-pelecani (Linn.).

2. Aporrhais serresianus (Michaud).

Rostellaria serresiana, Michaud, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bord. ii, 1828, p. 120,

pl. i. figs. 3, 4. mr fh

Chenupus serresianus, Philippi, Enum, Moll, Sic. ii, (1844) p, 185,

pl. xxvii. fig. 6. ,

Aporrhais serresianus, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 192, pl. xxii. figs. 7 a, b,

pl. xiii. fig. 4; Norman, Journal of Conchology, ii. (1879) p. 55.

of British Mollusca. 151

Var. McAndree, Jeftr.

Aporrhais pes-carbonis (? Brong.), Forbes & Hanley, Brit.

Moll. iii. p. 186, pl. lxxxix. figs. 5, 6.

Aporrhais Macandree, Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 253, v. pl. xxx.

figs. 1, 2.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 17, 18, 23 a, off W.

of Ireland, to 1435 fath.; 65, 68, 70, East and West of

Shetland ; 45 a, 456, S.W. of Ireland, 458 fath.

Jeffreys does not state to which variety the specimens pro-

cured by the ‘ Porcupine’ belonged, but in 1870 I dredged on

Jeffreys’s yacht the ‘Osprey,’ off Valentia, 112 fath., the

typical form closely agreeing with those of the Mediterranean.

This same form occurs on the coast of Norway, where I have

dredged it at the mouth of Fane Fiord, near Bergen, living in

50-120 fathoms.

The form Macandree, which alone was found by Barlee,

Jeffreys, and myself in the Shetland seas, measures 34 millim.,

and J have full-grown specimens which do not exceed

24 millim.; the Valentia specimens are 43 millim. There is

considerable variation in the length and form of the digita-

tions. In a Naples specimen in my cabinet the upper spike

overtops the spire by half its own length, and in Mediter-

ranean examples the posterior spike has often a large bulbous

swelling at half its length.

Fam. 5. Cerithiide.

Genus 1. CERITHIUM.

1. Cerithium procerum, Jefireys.

Cerithium procerum, Jeffreys. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xix.

(1877) p. 322, and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 53, pl. vi. figs. 2, 2 a.

Cerithium Danielssent, Friele, Nyt Mag. for Naturvid. 1877, p. 3.

ela procerum, Friele, Jahrbuch deutsch. mal. Gesells. vi. (1879)

p. 275.

‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 23a, to the south of Rockall, in

420 fath. ‘ Lightning,’ St. 1, lat. 59° 20! N., long. 7° 5! W.,

500 fath., north of Lewis.

Distribution. North Atlantic, ‘ Valorous,’ St. 12, 1450 fath. ;

‘ Voringen,’ from 62° 44! N. to Spetsbergen, in 400-1130 fath.

(Friele) ; ‘Porcupine,’ 1870, St. 22, off Lisbon, 718 fath. ;

Jeffreys (Proc. Zool. Soc.) also gives “ between the Faroes

and Hebrides, ‘Triton’ cruise”; but it is not mentioned in

the account of ‘ Triton’ Mollusca, and therefore the locality

may have been north of lat. 60° N.

152 Revision of British Mollusca. 7

Genus 2. Triroris, Deshayes.

Subgenus MonopHorvs, Grillo, 1877= Biforina, B. D. & D. 1884.

1. Triforis perversa (Linn.),= Certthium perversum, Jeffreys,

B.C. av."p. 261.

Genus 3. Birrium, Gray.

1. Bittiwm reticulatum (Da Costa),=Certthium reticulatum,

Jeffreys, B. C. iv. p. 258.

Genus 4. LOVENELLA, G. O. Sars, 1878

(= Cerithiella, Verrill, 1882).

1. Lovenella metula (Lovén),=Cerithium metula, Jeffreys,

B. C., iv. p. 256.

‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stats. 23 a, to the south of Rockall, in

420 fath.; 65 N.E. of Shetland, 345 fath.; ‘ Knight Er-

rant,’ St. 7, 540 fath., to the west of the “‘ Wyville Thomson

Ridge ;”” ‘ Triton,’ St. 10, in the same district as the last.

Its distribution is Spetsbergen (Frdele) ; Norway (A. JL N.

&c.); Finmark (G. O. Sars); Bay of Biscay and off coasts

of Spain and Portugal, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870 (J. G. J.).

Genus 5. CeriTuiopsis, Forbes & Hanley.

1. Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Mont.).

Var. albescens, Marshall, Journ. of Conchol. vol. vii.

(1892-4) p. 259.

Var. scalaris, Monterosato, id. ib. p. 259.

Var. acicula, Brusina, id. ib. p. 259.

Oerithiopsis Barleet, Jeffreys.

Cerithiopsis pulchella, Jeffreys.

Cerithiopsis Metaxe (Della Chiaje).

oo gee

Cerithiopsis costulata (Moller).

Genus 5. Lmococu.is, Metzger & Mayer.

1. Leocochlis granosa (8S. V. Wood).

Cerithium granosum, 8. V. Wood, Crag Moll. Palzont. Soc. 1848, p. 73,

pl. vill. fig. 9.

Triforis McAndrei, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1848, p. 1.

Triforis nivea, M, Sars, Chr. Videns.-Selsk. Forhand. 1858, p. 84.

Leocochlis pommerania, Dunker & Metzger, Nach. d. deutsch. mal.-

zool. Gesellsch. 1874, p. 7, and Nordsee Jahrb. der ‘ Pommerania,’

1874, pp. 249 & 258, sl vi. fig. 3, and woodcut p. 264, fig. 3.

Cerithium granosum, Wyville Thomson, Depths of the Sea, 1873, p. 463.

Leocochlis granosa, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 190, pl. xiii. fig. 6; Jeffreys,

Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, Proc.

Zool, Soc. 1885, p. 52.

Bibliographical Notices. 153

In Wyville Thomson’s ‘ Depths of the Sea,’ 1873, p. 463,

it is stated: “ Certthium granosum, S. V. Wood, is also

common to Norway and Shetland;” and I myself have a

small dead specimen which was given me by my late friend

Mr. E. Waller as from “ Shetland ;”’ but Jeffreys does not

give a station in his report which is in the Shetland Sea.

The following, however, establish its claims to be included in

our fauna :—‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 23a, lat. 56° 13! N.,

long. 14° 18’ W., that is, south of Rockall in 420 fathoms ;

Stations 89 and 90, which were on the ‘ Holtenta’ ground,

N.W. of the Butt of Lewis, lat. 59° 38’ to 41’, long. 7° 46’

to 34’ W., in 445 and 458 fathoms.

It was also taken to the north of our area by ‘ Lightning,’ *

St. 2, and ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 65. [have myself dredged

it in several places on the west of Norway, and Sars has

recorded it from Finmark. As a fossil it occurs in the Red

and Coralline Crags, and also in the Antwerp Crag.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Insects, their Structure and Life. A Primer of Entomology. By

Georee H. Carpenter, B.Sc. Lond. Pp. xi, 404. London,

J. M. Dent & Co.

In this useful little book Mr. Carpenter has given a sketch of the

structure of insects in general (the cockroach being taken as a typical

example), and an abstract of the classification, structure, habits, and

pedigree of insects, not forgetting to add a Bibliography and Index.

Although the book does not profess much originality, it is well

arranged, and contains a large amount of information which it

would require much time and trouble to collect elsewhere, even with

the aid of the bibliography which Mr. Carpenter has appended to

his work. The non-technical portions (those dealing with habits,

evolution, pedigree, &c.) are written in a very clear and pleasing

style, and may interest many readers who might not care for the

more technical parts of a work on entomology ; for the subject is so

yast and varied that it presents ample materials for study, equally

to the systematist, the comparative anatomist, the field naturalist,

the geologist, the philosopher, and the amateur who wishes for as

much general superticial knowledge of everything as he can obtain.

It is not to be supposed that a book of such a comprehensive

character can be free from error; but although we may not

always agree with the author’s conclusions, we have not noticed

anything which we should be disposed to regard as seriously

detracting from itsvalue. The amount of space devoted to different

parts of the subject, the reliability and real importance of various

observations and experiments, the mutual affinities of different

families of insects, the probable number of existing species of

insects, and the problems of Evolution and Geographical Distribu-

tion are all subjects on which no general consensus of opinion can

at present be expected.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 11

154 Miscellaneous.

We should mention that the numerous illustrations, though not

original, are taken from a variety of sources, many of which are not

very easily accessible, and a considerable number from American

periodicals.

There is much work still to be done in entomology, and as each

generation of entomologists starts with far greater facilities for

work than their predecessors have enjoyed, it is from the younger

entomologists, like Mr. Carpenter, that we may confidently expect

a large increase of our knowledge of the insect-world.

Cries and Call-notes of Birds: with Musical Illustrations.

By C. A. WitcHett. 8yvo. Upcott Gill, 1899.

Tre study which Mr. Witchell has for years past devoted to the

songs and notes of birds, and his musical training, have fitted him

beyond all other ornithologists to produce a reliable popular work

on the subject.

To those who have read with pleasure Mr. Witchell’s most

fascinating book ‘The Evolution of Bird-Song,’ the present more

modest little work will be welcome; it occupies only eighty pages,

but these are crowded with information. The effort to record the

Nightingale’s song in musical notation is a marvel of patient effort

and indomitable pluck on the part of the author. We would

recommend all lovers of British birds to spend a shilling in securing

this valuable addition to their libraries,

MISCELLANEOUS.

Parthenogenesis. By Tuomas Mpenay,

Ir is about two hundred years ago since Camerarius recorded the

fact that female mulberries and other trees would produce fruit

without pollinization, though such fruit was sterile. These obser-

vations have since been abundantly confirmed. The necessity of

pollen to fertile seed came to be regarded as absolute law until

some fifty years ago, when the Curator at Kew, Mr. John Smith,

announced that an Australian plant of which he had but one female

specimen perfected its seeds. It proved to be a new Euphorbiacee,

and he named it Celebogyne ilictfolia—the generic name from its

supposed parthenogenetal character.

The author of this paper was a student in Kew at that time, and

well remembers the incredulity with which the announcement was

received, that nature should seem to make a universal Jaw in relation

to method of reproduction, and yet make a striking exception in

this case. Nature furnishes infinite variation, but these variations

seem to be only of one general plan. It seemed more probable

that, in some method unexplained, pollen had been formed, and

really pollinated the embryo. It does not appear that any further

observations on this plant were made at Kew, or, if made, recorded,

Strasburger took up the subject again in 1878; but though my

good friend Mr. George Nicholson, Curator of Kew, writes under

date of April 10, 1897, that ‘‘ the whole business has been threshed

out by Strasburger,” the latter seems to be more concerned about

Miscellaneous. 155

the cell-development than the manner of its fertilization. This is

especially true of that part devoted to the castor-oil plant, Ricinus

communis. In Calebogyne he insists that the true embryo does not

develop, but that the seeds proceed from adventitious buds from the

wall of the ovary. One may conceive of them as bulblets, analogous

to what we find in viviparous flowers ; but he does not explain how

cotyledonous seeds are constructed in this way.

In 1894 the author of this paper decided to make for himself

careful observations on Ricinus. A number of plants were set out

in a mass where he could easily watch them. Every male bud that

could be observed was rubbed away before expansion. For all this

an abundance of seed matured. It was found subsequently that

there were other plants within a quarter of a mile. It was thought

best to repeat the observations another year. The following year

no plants were near but those under observation, and it began to

look as if the plants had no use for pollen. Still there seemed

doubt, and the observations were continued yearly to the end of

1897—all with the same result. Dr. Ida A. Keller, Professor of

Biology in the Philadelphia Girls’ High School, an experienced

microscopist, aided me considerably in the observations made, and

only for the fact that in one of her acute examinations she dis-

covered a pollen-tube at work on the ovarium, there would have

seemed no room for doubt that poilen was unnecessary for the

production of perfect seed in Ricinus. It was determined to try

once more. The past year (1898) only one plant was allowed to

grow and only one flower-spike permitted to remain. All the others

were cut away in the bud. This permitted closer examination,

which was made almost daily. I noted for the first time that there

were on the pedicels with the female flowers buds scarcely larger

than pin-heads, and, under a strong lens, evidently antheriferous.

These were carefully cut away. As the female flowers opened they

all withered, unlike their fertility in former years. There seemed

no doubt that pollen was essential. After half the spike had fallen

away, the upper portion—say some twenty flowers—showed a

disposition to permanence. ‘The pretty fringed pistils protruded and

continued perfect for many days. Finally, the capsules enlarged

until they had about reached the usual dimensions. Now it seemed

as if the plant would produce seed without the aid of pollen. After

turning brown and seemingly ripe they were found to be as empty

as Camerarius’s mulberries were.

While under the impression during the earlier years of these

observations that Ficinus was fruiting in the absence of pollen, I

was encouraged by observations seemingly confirmatory by Judge

Day, of Buffalo, and Prof. Greene, of Washington, on other plants.

At the same time I had noticed that solitary female plants of Gzngko

biloba were fruiting abundantly in Germantown, while the only

known male plant was at Woodlands, some ten miles away.

Recently Japan botanists have discovered spiral coils of spermatozoids

in the generative cells of Gingko, and others have observed them in

Cycas revoluta.

The conclusion reached by the author is that though for several

156 Miscellaneous.

years he regarded the castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis, as a

genuine case of parthenogenesis, the past year’s experience still

leaves the matter open to doubt. If it be true that the female

flowers of Cycas revoluta can generate spermatozoids in their ovaries,

and thus self-fertilize the ova, the occurrence must be rare. In this

vicinity old specimens of this plant are frequently seed-bearing

apparently, but in every case examined by the author they were

found to have only empty capsules.

It seems to the author that the subject of parthenogenesis is by

no means thoroughly “ threshed out,” and the gbject of this paper

is to encourage continued observations.—Proc. Acad. Nat, Set.

Philad, 1899, pp. 97-99.

Relations of the Land-Molluscan Fauna of South America.

At a meeting of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

on the 23rd May, 1899, Mr. H. A. Pilsbry spoke of the extrinsic

relations of the land-molluscan fauna of South America, recounting

and commenting upon the various theories advanced to account for

the relations existing between the South-American, African, and

Australo-Zealandic faunas. The evidence of former Austral land

connecting South America with Australasia, derived from a study of

the Bulimulide, the Macroogona, &c., was detailed. The speaker

gave his reasons for preferring the hypothesis of a former extension

of Antarctic land to that of a South-Pacific continent, as advocated by

Prof. Hutton * and some others. Heclaimed that the present fauna of

Southern Polynesia was not consistent with Hutton’s supposition

that these islands had been submerged, and thus their fauna

destroyed, on the sinking of the supposed Pacific continent entirely

below the sea, the present ‘islands being merely outgrowths on its

submerged back.” Some Polynesian groups, such as Partula,

belong to very primitive, and therefore ancient, groups, unknown in

any other area, and indicating great antiquity for the Polynesian

archipelagos 7. Neither is the present fauna of Polynesia consistent

with the hypothesis that these islands are unsubmerged remnants of

a Pacific continent.

The enigmatic relations of the freshwater fishes, snails, and the

terrestrial Streptaxide of tropical South America with the African

fauna were discussed.

The speaker considered the neotropical region of Wallace to be

composite, the Antillean and Southern Mexican area representing

a tract independent from North and South America in Mesozoic and

perhaps earlier time, on which the faunal problems had been inde-

pendently worked out.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1899, p. 226.

* See Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1896, p. 36, for an able

paper advocating Prof. Hutton’s views, an abstract of which appeared in

the ‘ Annals’ for July 1896, p. 120.

+ Partula, like the allied Achatinella of the Hawaiian group, has a

bottle-shaped kidney with direct, not reflexed, ureter, as in Limnea,

These forms have no relations with the Bulimulid and Achatinide, with

which conchvlogists associate them, but lie at the base of the terrestrial

pulmonate tree,

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5.7. Vol IV. Pv.

uty

Mint ern Bros

J.Green Gel.et Lin.

CIV.PUT.

oO

Ani. b Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.V.

ba

Mantern Bros .imp

hth.

J.Green dele

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SEVENTH SERIES. ]

No. 21. SEPTEMBER 1899.

X1V.—Key to the Isopods of the Pacific Coast of North

America, with Descriptions of Twenty-two new Species. By

HarrIeT RICHARDSON *.

THE Isopods of the Pacific coast of North America have

claimed the attention of a number of naturalists during the

last half of the nineteenth century. Among the first to con-

tribute to the knowledge of the fauna of that region was

Dana. Stimpson also belongs to the earlier part of that

period ; his work on the Crustacea and Echinodermata of the

Pacific shores of North America, published in 1857, was the

first special treatise on the forms of that locality. In con-

nexion with the work of the later part of the past fifty years,

the names of Stuxberg, Lockington, and Harford form one

group as contemporaneous workers (1875-76), those of

Schiéddte and Meinert and Budde-Lund another group

(1883-85), while the publications of Dr. Hansen and

Dr. Benedict represent the latest (1898) work on the Isopods

of that coast.

The number of species already described is 75, and 22 are

added in the present paper. These species represent 44 genera

and 16 families ¢.

The author has used Dr. Benedict’s keys for the genera

Synidotea and Arcturus, and is indebted to Professor Sars for

* From a separate copy from the ‘ Proceedings of the United States

National Museum,’ vol. xxi. pp. 815-869 (1899).

+ [The index-list of tribes Xc. is here omitted. |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. iv. 12

158 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the

many suggestions obtained from his excellent work on the

Crustacea of Norway. In many places his synopses of the

families and genera have been used in entirety. Other

authors have been most helpful: Hansen on the Cirolanide ;

Schiddte and Meinert on the Cymothoide ; Budde-Lund on

the Oniscide ; and others, to whose works specific references

are made.

The present paper is based on material contained in the

U.S. National Museum.

Analytical Key to Tribes or Superfamilies of Pacific Coast

Isopoda*.

a. Legs of first pair cheliform. Uropoda terminal.

Pleopoda, when distinctly developed, exclu-

sively nAatalory ... 0). uegeurs eer en ee I. Chelifera.

a', Legs of first pair not cheliform.

6. Uropoda lateral.

ce. Uropoda forming together with the terminal

segment of the metasome a caudal fan.

Pleopoda for the most part natatory...... II. Flabellifera.

e'. Uropoda valve-like, inflexed, arching over

the pleopoda, which to a great extent are

PSEA i cas fa ehninsoan Ms oe eae aia Ul. Valvifera.

6’. Uropoda terminal.

ce. Free forms.

d. Pleopoda exclusively branchial, generally

covered by a thin opercular plate (the

modthed first pair) <-- Ve eis fescttts ai se IV. Asellota,

d'. Pleopoda fitted for air-breathing........ V. Oniscoidea.

C a Parasitic forms. weston ce ace See e VI. Epicaridea.

I. CHELIFERA.

Family I. Tanaide.

Body scarcely attenuated behind. Mandibles without palp.

Coxal plates inconspicuous. Superior antenne with one

multiarticulate flagellum. Anterior maxilla with only a

single masticatory lobe; posterior ones quite rudimentary.

Second pair of legs ambulatory in character. Epignath of

maxillipeds narrow, falciform.

1. Tawats, Audouin & Milne-Edwards.,

Antenne short, subequal. Pleon five-jointed; fourth

joint short; fifth joint terminated by a pair of single branched

filamentary uropoda. Only three pairs of pleopoda. Palp of

anterior maxille biarticulate. Hyes well developed. Supe-

rior antenne three-articulate, with small terminal flagellum.

* Sars’s analytic key has been used with slight modifications, Sars’s

‘An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ II., Isopoda (1896), pts. i., ii.

p. 3.

Pacific Coast of North America. 159

Analytical Key to the Species of Tanais.

a. Inferior antenne scarcely half the length

of superior antenne. Pereiopoda

having the first three joints short and

broad, affixed to sides of pereion like

Qe? LS eer 1. T. loricatus, Spence Bata.

a’. Inferior and superior antenne of nearly

equal length. Pereiopoda with joints

Het Gaied, Slender 5 oss w cms sie’s 2. T. alascensis, sp. n.

1. Tanais loricatus, Spence Bate.

Tanais loricatus, Spence Bate, Lord’s Naturalist

ii. (1866), p. 282.

in British Columbia,

Hab. Esquimault Harbour, British Columbia.

2. Tanais alascensis, sp. n.

Body three and a half times longer than broad.

Head large, narrowed anteriorly. Fron-

tal margin almost straight. First pair of

antenne short, stout, consisting of four

joints, the first joint being the longest.

Second pair of antenne more slender, a

little longer, consisting of four joints,

the first joint being longest, and a rudi-

mentary flagellum. Eyes small and

pedunculated.

The first segment of the thorax is con-

fluent with the head. The second, third,

fourth, and fifth segments increase slightly

in length; the fifth and sixth are about

equal; the seventh is not quite so long as

the preceding one.

The abdomen is composed of five seg-

ments, the first three of which are sub-

equal; the fourth is short, about half as

long as any of the others and also nar-

rower ; the terminal segment is as long as

the two preceding ones together, and is

rounded posteriorly, with a slight median

notch. The segments of the abdomen

decrease in width gradually from the first

to the terminal segment. The terminal

filaments are seven-jointed and _ single-

branched, and are furnished at their ex-

tremities with a few long hairs.

The first pair of legs are stout and

chelate; the propodus is produced into a

Fig. 1.

hr

Q :

é

Tanais alascensis, sp. 0.

x 8. a, dorsal view ;

b, last two joints of

leg of the first pair.

12*

160 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the

strong immovable finger, irregular in shape, having its

central portion raised and truncate on its upper surface, which

is distinctly serrate. The dactylus is likewise serrate on its

inner surface. The other legs are slender, with a gradual

increase in stoutness.

Colour brown, marked in some specimens with a darker

brown, and having oval patches of the darker colour on

the head.

Kyska Harbour, Alaska; Mr. W. H. Dall collector; depth

6 to 8 fathoms. '

Type. No. 22563, U.S. N. M.

Il. FLABELLIFERA.

Analytical Key to the Families of Flabellifera,

a. Pleon consisting of six segments.

b. Uropoda with one of the branches almost

obsolete or rudimentary, not lamelliform. . II. Limnorup2,

b'. Uropoda with both branches deyeloped ;

mostly lamelliform.

c.* Maxillipeds with the palp free, the mar-

gins of the last two Joints more or less

setose, never furnished with hooks,

d. Mandibles with the rather broad, more

or less tridentate cutting-edges meeting

squarely behind the large upper lip ;

the secondary plate and peculiar equi-

valent for the molar well developed.

First maxille having the plate of the

first joint armed with three spines,

that of the third with many. Second

maxillz of moderate size, the three

free plates very setose. Maxillipeds

with the palp rather broad, very setose. III. CrroLanip,

d', Mandibles with the distal part produced

into a long prominent process, the

pair much overlapping ; the secondary

plate and molar evanescent. First

maxille having the plate of the first

joint unarmed, of the third carrying

one very long spine. Second maxille

small and feeble, the free plates almost

rudimentary, with few sete. Maxilli-

peds with the palp narrowed, not very

HOLORG ob, sk ie. Doth steels ae eee IV, CoraLLanipa,

ce’. Maxillipeds with the palp embracing the

cone formed by the distal parts of the

* The four points following 4' are taken from Hansen’s analytic key

of the Cirolanide (Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser, natur. og math. Afd, y.

1890, p. 317), as translated by Stebbing, Hist. of Crust. 1803, pp. 340, 341.

Pacific Coast of North America. 161

mouth-organs, the inner upper margin

and apex never setose, the apex and

sometimes the inner upper margin, at

least iu the males and females without

eggs, being furnished with outward

curved hooks.

d, Mandibles with the secondary plate very

often visible; palp with no inflated

joint. Maxillipeds commonly seven-

jointed, sometimes four-jointed, the

last joint in the latter case rather short,

obtuse. Antenne * long, unequal,

with well-defined peduncle and fla-

Pas LUTE ee Mens) "ene - er V. AiGIpm.

d'. Mandibles with no secondary plate;

the palp in adults with first joint or

both first and second joints inflated.

Maxillipeds always four-jointed, last

joint rather long and narrow, subacute.

Antenne * much reduced, without

clear distinction between peduncle and

Flere lira eek) tog, le, Tie eer» «ote VI. CymorHorp».

a’. Pleon consisting of Jess than six segments.

6. Pleon with two segments. Uropoda with

one branch fixed, immovable .......... VIL. SpH#ROMID&.

b’. Pleon with four segments. Uropoda with

both branches movable ................ VIL. Szrouipz.

Family II. Limnoriide.

2. Limnortia, Leach.

3. Limnoria lignorum (Rathke).

Cymothoa lignorum, Rathke, Skrivt. af Naturh. Selsk. v. 1799, p. 101,

pl. iii. fig. 14 (White). 4

Limnoria tenebrans, Leach, Ed. Encycl. vii. 1815, p. 433 (Am. ed.

p- 278); Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. 1815, p. 371; Dict. Sci. Nat. xii.

1818, p. 353; Desmarest, Consid. Crust. 1825, p. 312; Latreille,

Régne Anim. iv. 1829, p. 185; Edwards, Annot. de Lamarck,

v. 1888, p. 276; Hist. Nat. des Crust. iii. 1840, p. 145; Régne

Anim., Crust. 1849, p. 197, pl. lxvii. fig. 5; Gould, Invert. Mass.

1840, pp. 338-354; Verrill, Proc. Am, Assoc. 1873 (1874), p. 367. _

Limnoria lignorum, White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. 1857, p. 227, pl. xii,

fig. 5; Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1860 (1861), p. 225; Bate & West-

wood, Brit. Sess. Crust, ii. 1868, p. 851; Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc.

1868 (1869), p. 288; Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci. 8rd ser., vii. 1874,

pp. 188, 185; Proc. Am. Assoc. 1873 (1874), p. 371; Report U.S.

Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1874, pt.i. p. 879 (85) ; Harger,

Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, 1874, pt. i. p. 571

(277), pl. vi. fig. 25; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. 1879, p. 161; Stebbing,

Trans. Devon. Assoc. 1874, p.8; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

xvii. 1876, p. 79; Smith, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. ii. 1879 (1880), p. 282,

fig. 2.

* Inserted by author.

162 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the

Limnoria uncinata, Heller, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvi. 1866,

p. 734.

Limnoria lignorum, Harger, Report U.S. Commissioner of Fish and

Fisheries, 1878, pt.iv. pp.3873,376. (See Harger for furthersynonymy.)

Limnoria californica, Hewston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. v. 1874, p. 24

(nomen nudum).

Hab. Pacific Ocean; Bering Island. Also found on east

coast of North America from Florida to Halifax, on the coast

of Great Britain, and in the North Sea. Specimens from

San Diego, California, collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill and

labelled ‘‘ Limnoria californica, Hewston,” are in the

National Museum,

Family III. Cirolanide.

Analytical Key to the Genera of Cirolanide *.

a. Peduncle of second antenne five-jointed. Plate of

second joint of maxillipeds furnished with hooks.

First and second pleopods alike, with at least inner

brauch submembranaceous. Uropoda with inner angle

of pedunelesprodared «sje... teocke pecs e eete ss Cees 3. Ctrolana.

a’. Peduncle of second antenne four-jointed. Plate of

second joint of maxillipeds without hooks. Pleopoda

with both branches submembranaceous. Uropoda

with inner angle of peduncle very little produced.

Superior antennez with first joint of peduncle quite

short, and extended straight in front at a right angle

to remaining part of the antenna 2..............66. 4. Eurydice.

3. CrRoLANA, Leach.

Analytical Key to the Species of Cirolana.

a, Headwithout median process. First pair

of antennze reach apex of peduncle of

second pair of antenne, Terminal

abdominal segment subtriangular,

armed on its posterior margin with

twenty-six spines. Both branches of

the uropoda rounded posteriorly and

armed with ‘spines . as deee chee 4, C. Harfordi (Lockington).

a’. Head with long, straight, median pro-

jection. First pair of antenne reach

the posterior margin of the third tho-

racic segment. Terminal abdominal

segment rounded and crenulate on its

osterior margin, and fringed with

ong hairs. Inner branch of the uro-

poda obliquely truncate posteriorly .. 5, C. lngutfrens, sp. n.

* The characters in this key on the Cirolanidsw are taken from Stebbing,

‘History of Crustacea’ (18938), p. 342.

Pacific Coast of North America. 163

4, Cirolana Harfordi (Lockington).

Afga Harford, Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. vii. 1877, pt. i. p. 46.

Cirolana californica, Hansen, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser., natur. og

math. Afd. v. 1890, pp. 338, 339.

Hab. Victoria, British Columbia. California: Santa Rosa

Island, San Diego, Catalina Harbour, Pacific Grove, Monterey

Bay ; Lower California, specimens lighter in colour.

Miers * remarks upon having examined specimens of A¥ga

Harfordi, sent by Mr. Lockington to the British Museum

and designated Jdotea Harfordi in a manuscript note of the

author. He considers that the specimens belong to the genus

Cirolana or a closely allied type, without further identifying

them. Hansent also states that, according to Miers, 47a

Harfordi is probably a Cirolana. He had not seen Lock-

ington’s description, but followed Miers regarding the syste-

matic position of the species.

Specimens of Aya Harfordi were sent by Mr. S.J. Holmes

to the National Museum from the California Academy of

Sciences, which prove to be identical with Cirolana californica,

Hansen.

5. Cirolana linguifrons, sp. 0.

Colour yellow, marked with scattered black dots. Body

elongate-ovate, about five times longer than broad, greatly

convex.

Fig. 2.

Cirolana linguifrons. X 13}. a, head; 5, terminal segment.

Head with the frontal margin produced in a long straight

rocess, rounded anteriorly, and somewhat dilated. Eyes

arge, distinct. First pair of antenna with joints of the

peduncle large; flagellum of fifteen short joints extends to

the posterior margin of the third thoracic segment. Second

* Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, xvi. 1883, p. 19.

+ Hansen, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 6th ser., natur. og math. Afd. v. 1890,

pp. 338, 339; for synonymy see p. 357.

164 Miss H. Richardson on the Isopods of the

pair of antenne, with a flagellum of thirteen long joints,

extend to the posterior margin of the fifth thoracic segment.

The first three sezments of the thorax are short; the other

four segments are long. The epimera of the second, third,

and fourth segments are not produced at the apex; those of

the fifth, sixth, and seventh but slightly produced.

All the abdominal segments conspicuous, the first five

being of equal length. The terminal segment is rounded

posteriorly, faintly crenulate, and fringed with long hairs.

The base of this segment is raised above the other portion

and has a well-defined edge with two points extending back-

ward, one on either side of the median line. The uropoda

extend beyond the tip of the abdomen ; the inner branch is

obliquely truncate; the outer branch is more rounded; both

branches are fringed with long hairs.

The prehensile legs are short ; the gressorial legs are long

and slender. The legs increase gradually in length from

the first to the seventh pair.

Two specimens, from Monterey Bay, California, collected

by Mr. Heath from sandy shore at mean tide.

Type. No. 22564, U.S. N. M.

4, Eurypice, Leach.

6. Eurydice caudata, sp. n.

Body elongate and narrow. In male abdomen is equal in

length to thorax; in female it is shorter. Surface of body

smooth.

Head widely rounded in front ; its anterior margin narrowly

thickened. Hyes large and round, and situated at a distance

of one third the width of the head apart. First pair of an-

tenne extend to the posterior margin of the head; flagellum

contains five articles, the first of which is very long and those

following quite short. ‘The second pair of antenne extend as

far as the posterior margin of the fourth segment of the

abdomen ; the flagellum consists of twenty-five long slender

joints. In the female the second pair of antenne are much

shorter, reaching only to the posterior margin of the last

thoracic segment; the flagellum contains about twenty

joints.

The thoracic segments are subequal. ‘The epimera are

narrow, and those of the last three or four segments acutely

pointed.

All the abdominal segments are visible in a dorsal view.

The terminal segment is rounded at the sides and truncate at